1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "ecoff-bfd.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
112 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
113 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
114 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
115 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
117 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
118 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
119 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
120 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
121 struct mips_got_page_ref
126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
132 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
133 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
135 struct mips_got_page_range
137 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
138 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
139 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
142 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
143 relocations against a given section. */
144 struct mips_got_page_entry
146 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
148 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
149 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
154 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
158 /* The number of global .got entries. */
159 unsigned int global_gotno
;
160 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
161 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
162 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
163 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
164 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
165 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
166 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
167 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
168 unsigned int local_gotno
;
169 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
170 unsigned int page_gotno
;
171 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
173 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
175 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
176 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
177 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
178 struct htab
*got_entries
;
179 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
181 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
182 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
183 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
184 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
185 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
188 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
190 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count
;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages
;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count
;
215 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
216 when laying out the GOT. */
218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
221 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
225 struct _mips_elf_section_data
227 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
234 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
235 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
237 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
238 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
239 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
240 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
242 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
243 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
244 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
245 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
246 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
247 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
249 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
250 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
251 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
252 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
253 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
256 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
257 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
258 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
260 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
263 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
264 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
267 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
269 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
273 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
275 to a separate trampoline section.
277 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
278 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
279 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
280 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
281 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
282 asection
*stub_section
;
284 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
287 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
288 in H->root.root.u.def. */
289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
292 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
294 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
296 #define LA25_BC(VAL) (0xc8000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* bc VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
300 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
302 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
303 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
305 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
306 the dynamic symbols. */
308 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
310 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
312 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
313 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
314 symbol with a GOT entry. */
315 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
316 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
317 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
318 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
319 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
320 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
322 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
323 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
324 symbol without a GOT entry. */
325 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* If non-NULL, output BFD for .MIPS.xhash finalization. */
328 /* If non-NULL, pointer to contents of .MIPS.xhash for filling in
329 real final dynindx. */
333 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
334 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
335 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
340 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
343 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
346 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
349 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
350 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
352 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
353 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
355 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
356 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
359 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
360 the global hash table. */
362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
364 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
366 /* External symbol information. */
369 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
370 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
372 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
374 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
376 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
377 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
380 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
381 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
384 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
385 being called returns a floating point value. */
386 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
388 /* If non-zero, location in .MIPS.xhash to write real final dynindx. */
389 bfd_vma mipsxhash_loc
;
391 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
392 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
394 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
395 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
396 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
397 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
399 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
400 is against a readonly section. */
401 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
403 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
404 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
405 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
406 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
408 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
409 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
410 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
411 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
412 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
414 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
415 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
416 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
418 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
419 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
420 la25 stub is required. */
421 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
423 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
424 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
425 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
427 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
428 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
431 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
435 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
437 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
438 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
440 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
441 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
443 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
444 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
445 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
447 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
450 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
451 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
453 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
454 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
456 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
459 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
460 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
462 /* True if we are targetting R6 compact branches. */
463 bfd_boolean compact_branches
;
465 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
466 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
468 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
469 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
471 /* True if we use the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
472 bfd_boolean use_absolute_zero
;
474 /* True if we have been configured for a GNU target. */
475 bfd_boolean gnu_target
;
477 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
482 /* The master GOT information. */
483 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
485 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
489 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
490 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
492 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
493 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
495 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
496 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
498 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
499 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
501 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
502 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
504 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
505 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
507 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
508 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
510 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
511 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
513 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
514 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
516 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
517 See the comment above that structure for details. */
518 asection
*strampoline
;
520 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
524 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
525 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
526 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
527 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
529 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
531 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
533 /* Small local sym cache. */
534 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
536 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
537 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
540 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
542 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
543 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
544 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
546 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
547 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
549 /* The usual link-wide information. */
550 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
553 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
557 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
559 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
561 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
562 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
564 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
567 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
570 /* The abiflags for this object. */
571 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
572 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
574 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
575 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
577 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
578 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
579 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
580 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
582 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
583 asection
**local_stubs
;
584 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
586 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
587 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
588 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
589 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
590 asection
*elf_data_section
;
591 asection
*elf_text_section
;
594 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
596 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
597 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
599 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
600 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
601 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
602 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
603 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
604 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
605 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
606 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
608 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
609 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
610 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
611 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
612 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
613 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
614 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
615 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
616 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
617 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
618 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
619 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
620 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
621 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
622 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
623 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
624 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
625 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
626 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
628 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
633 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
634 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
635 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
639 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
641 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
644 "_procedure_string_table",
645 "_procedure_table_size",
649 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
654 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
655 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
656 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
657 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
658 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
659 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
668 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
669 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
670 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
674 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
675 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
676 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
677 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
678 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
679 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
684 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
685 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
686 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
687 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
688 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
696 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
702 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
704 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
706 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
707 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
708 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
709 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
710 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
711 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
712 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
713 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
715 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
716 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
717 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
718 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
719 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
721 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
722 has different meaning for each type:
725 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
726 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
727 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
728 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
731 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
732 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
733 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
734 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
736 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
737 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
738 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
739 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
741 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
742 loader for use by the static exception system. */
744 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
745 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
746 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
747 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
748 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
749 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
750 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
751 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
752 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
753 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
755 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
757 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
758 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
760 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
761 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
763 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
764 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
765 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
767 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
768 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
769 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
770 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
771 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
772 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
774 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
775 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
777 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
778 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
779 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
780 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
781 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
783 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
784 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
785 for RM9000 for now. */
786 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
787 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
789 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
790 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
792 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
794 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
795 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
797 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
799 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
800 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
804 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
807 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
808 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
809 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
811 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
812 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
813 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
815 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
816 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
818 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
819 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
820 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
822 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
823 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
824 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
825 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
827 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
828 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
829 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
831 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
832 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
833 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
835 /* The name of the options section. */
836 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
837 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
839 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
840 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
842 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
844 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
846 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
848 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
850 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
851 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
853 /* The name of the stub section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
856 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
860 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
864 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
866 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
868 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
870 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
872 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
873 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
874 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
876 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
877 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
878 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
880 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
881 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
882 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
884 /* Get word-sized data. */
885 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
886 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
888 /* Put out word-sized data. */
889 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
891 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
892 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
894 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
895 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
896 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
898 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
899 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
900 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
902 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
903 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
905 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
906 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
907 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
909 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
910 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
911 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
912 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
914 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
915 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
917 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
918 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
920 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
921 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
922 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
924 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
926 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
928 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
929 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
931 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
932 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
933 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
934 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
935 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
936 #define STUB_JALRC 0xf8190000 /* jalrc ra,t9 */
937 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
945 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
947 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
948 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
949 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
950 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
951 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
952 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
953 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
954 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
955 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
956 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
957 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
958 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
959 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
961 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
962 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
964 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
965 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
966 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
967 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
968 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
969 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
971 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
974 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
975 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
976 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
977 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
980 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
981 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
982 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
983 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
984 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
985 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
986 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
987 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
989 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
990 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
992 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
994 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
995 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
998 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
999 floating point arguments.
1001 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1002 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1003 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1004 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1005 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1006 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1007 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1008 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1010 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1011 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1012 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1013 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1014 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1015 stub should be discarded.
1017 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1018 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1019 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1020 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1021 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1022 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1023 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1026 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1027 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1028 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1030 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1032 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1033 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1034 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1036 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1037 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1038 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1040 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1041 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1043 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1044 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1045 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1046 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1047 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1048 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1049 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1050 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1053 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable using compact
1055 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1057 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1058 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1059 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1060 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1061 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1062 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1063 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1064 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1067 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1068 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1069 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1071 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1072 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1073 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1074 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1075 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1076 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1077 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1078 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1081 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable using compact
1082 jumps. Different because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14)
1084 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1086 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1088 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1089 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1090 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1091 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1092 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1093 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1096 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1097 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1098 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1100 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1101 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1102 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1103 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1104 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1105 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1106 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1107 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1110 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable using compact
1111 jumps. Different from N32 because of the increased size of GOT
1113 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1115 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1116 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1117 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1118 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1119 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1120 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1121 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1122 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1126 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1127 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1128 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1129 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1131 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1132 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1134 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1135 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1136 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1137 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1138 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1139 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1140 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1141 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1145 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1146 in the insn32 mode. */
1147 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1149 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1150 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1151 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1152 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1153 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1154 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1155 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1156 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1159 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1160 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1162 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1163 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1164 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1165 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1168 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1170 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1171 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1172 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1173 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1176 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
[] =
1178 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1179 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1180 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1181 0xd8190000 /* jic $25, 0 */
1184 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1185 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1186 directly addressable. */
1187 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1189 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1190 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1191 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1193 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1195 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1198 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1199 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1200 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1202 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1203 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1204 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1205 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1208 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1209 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1211 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1212 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1213 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1214 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1217 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1218 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1220 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1221 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1222 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1223 0x00000000, /* nop */
1224 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1225 0x00000000 /* nop */
1228 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1229 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1231 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1232 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1233 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1234 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1235 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1236 0x00000000, /* nop */
1237 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1238 0x00000000 /* nop */
1241 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1242 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1244 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1245 0x00000000, /* nop */
1246 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1247 0x00000000, /* nop */
1248 0x00000000, /* nop */
1249 0x00000000 /* nop */
1252 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1253 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1255 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1256 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1259 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1262 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1264 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1265 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1268 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1271 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1273 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1276 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1278 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1279 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1280 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1283 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1285 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1286 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1288 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1291 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1292 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1294 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1295 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1298 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1300 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1301 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1303 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1307 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1309 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1310 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1312 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1315 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1317 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1318 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1319 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1321 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1322 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1324 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1327 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1329 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1331 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1332 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1333 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1337 /* Set local fields. */
1338 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1339 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1340 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1343 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1344 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1345 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1346 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1347 ret
->mipsxhash_loc
= 0;
1348 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1349 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1350 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1351 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1352 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1353 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1354 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1355 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1356 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1359 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1362 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1365 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1367 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1372 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1374 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1376 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1377 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1379 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1382 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1385 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1388 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1389 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1392 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1393 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1396 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1399 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1400 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1402 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1403 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1406 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1407 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1410 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1411 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1413 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1415 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1419 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1420 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1422 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (size, symhdr->count, &amt)) \
1424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); \
1425 goto error_return; \
1427 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) \
1428 goto error_return; \
1429 debug->ptr = (type) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, amt, amt); \
1430 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1431 goto error_return; \
1434 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1435 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1436 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1437 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1438 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1439 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1441 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1442 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1443 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1444 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1445 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1453 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1455 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1457 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1458 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1459 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1460 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1461 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1462 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1463 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1464 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1465 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1466 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1467 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1469 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1470 free (debug
->ssext
);
1471 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1472 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1473 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1474 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1475 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1476 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1480 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1483 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1485 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1486 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1487 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1488 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1489 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1490 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1492 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1493 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1495 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1498 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1501 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1502 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1503 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1505 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1506 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1508 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1510 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1511 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1515 bfd_size_type count
;
1516 unsigned long sindex
;
1520 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1528 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1530 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1531 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1534 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1536 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1540 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1543 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1544 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1548 size
= sizeof (char *);
1549 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1553 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1554 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1555 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1559 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1562 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1563 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1566 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1569 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1570 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1572 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1573 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1574 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1575 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1576 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1577 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1578 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1579 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1580 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1581 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1583 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1584 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1588 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1589 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1590 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1593 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1597 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1600 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1602 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1603 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1604 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1605 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1607 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1608 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1609 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1611 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1613 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1615 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1617 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1618 matters, but someday it might). */
1619 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1648 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1649 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1652 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1654 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1657 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1658 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1666 /* Create a new symbol. */
1667 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1669 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1670 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1676 /* Make it a local function. */
1677 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1678 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1680 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1682 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1686 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1687 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1691 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1695 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1702 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1703 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1704 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1705 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1706 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1708 /* Create a new symbol. */
1709 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1711 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1712 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1718 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1719 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1720 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1721 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1722 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1723 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1727 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1728 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1731 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1735 name
= bfd_section_name (section
);
1736 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1737 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1738 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1739 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1742 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1743 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1744 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1746 static unsigned long
1747 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1748 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1749 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1750 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1752 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1753 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1755 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1756 one in a compound relocation. */
1757 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1758 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1759 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1761 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1762 the traditional behavior. */
1763 if (relocs
< relend
)
1764 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1769 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1773 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1774 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1776 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1777 objects try to call them. */
1778 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1779 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1781 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1782 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1785 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1786 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1788 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1789 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1790 being included in the link. */
1791 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1792 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1793 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1794 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1795 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1798 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1799 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1801 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1802 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1803 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1804 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1805 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1806 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1807 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1808 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1811 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1812 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1814 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1815 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1816 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1817 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1818 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1819 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1820 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1821 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1825 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1828 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1830 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1832 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1833 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1834 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1840 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1842 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1843 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1844 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1845 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1846 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1847 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1850 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1851 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1855 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1856 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1859 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1861 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1865 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1866 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1867 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1868 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1874 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1875 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1876 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1877 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1878 entry points are of interest here. */
1881 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1883 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1884 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1885 && h
->root
.def_regular
1886 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1887 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1888 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1889 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1890 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1891 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1894 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1895 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1898 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1901 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1903 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1904 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1909 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1910 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1914 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1915 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1916 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1919 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1920 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1924 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1931 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1932 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1935 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1937 /* Create the section. */
1938 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1939 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1940 input_section
->output_section
);
1944 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1945 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1946 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, align
))
1949 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1951 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1952 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1953 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1954 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1956 /* Allocate room for it. */
1961 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1962 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1963 the function symbol to it. */
1966 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1969 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1976 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1977 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1980 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1981 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1982 input_section
->output_section
);
1983 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
1985 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1988 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1989 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1990 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1991 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1993 /* Allocate room for it. */
1998 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1999 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
2002 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2006 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
2007 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
2012 /* Describe the stub we want. */
2013 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
2017 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
2018 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2022 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
2026 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
2029 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
2030 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2034 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
2035 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
2041 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
2042 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
2043 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
2044 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
2046 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
2048 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2049 return (use_trampoline_p
2050 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
2051 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
2054 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
2055 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
2058 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2060 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
2062 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
2063 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2064 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
2066 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
2068 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
2069 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
2070 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
2073 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2074 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
2075 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2076 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2078 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2080 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2081 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2083 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2092 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2093 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2096 The format of these instructions is:
2098 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2099 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2100 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2102 +-----------------------------------------------+
2104 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2105 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2107 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2108 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2109 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2110 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2111 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2112 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2113 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2114 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2115 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2116 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2119 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2120 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2121 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2122 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2123 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2124 value as two 16-bit values.
2126 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2130 +--------+----------------------+
2134 +--------+----------------------+
2137 +----------+------+-------------+
2141 +----------+--------------------+
2142 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2143 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2145 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2146 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2147 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2148 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2149 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2151 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2152 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2153 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2156 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2157 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2158 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2159 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2160 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2162 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2164 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2165 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2166 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2167 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2168 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2170 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2173 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2174 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2175 little-endian system.
2177 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2178 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2179 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2181 static inline bfd_boolean
2182 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2187 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2188 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2189 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2192 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2193 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2194 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2195 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2196 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2197 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2198 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2199 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2207 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2215 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2216 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2217 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2219 static inline bfd_boolean
2220 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2222 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2223 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2224 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2227 static inline bfd_boolean
2228 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2230 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2232 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2235 static inline bfd_boolean
2236 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2238 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2239 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2240 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2252 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2255 static inline bfd_boolean
2256 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2258 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2261 static inline bfd_boolean
2262 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2264 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2267 static inline bfd_boolean
2268 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2270 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2273 static inline bfd_boolean
2274 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2276 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2277 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2278 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2282 static inline bfd_boolean
2283 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2285 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2286 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2287 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2288 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2294 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2297 static inline bfd_boolean
2298 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2300 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2301 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2302 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2305 static inline bfd_boolean
2306 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2308 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2309 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2310 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2311 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2312 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2313 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2314 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2315 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2318 static inline bfd_boolean
2319 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2321 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2322 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2325 static inline bfd_boolean
2326 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2328 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2329 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2330 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2331 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2332 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2335 static inline bfd_boolean
2336 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2338 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2339 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2342 static inline bfd_boolean
2343 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2345 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2346 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2347 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2348 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2351 static inline bfd_boolean
2352 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2354 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2355 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2356 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2359 static inline bfd_boolean
2360 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2362 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2363 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2364 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2367 static inline bfd_boolean
2368 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2370 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2371 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2372 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2376 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2377 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2379 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2381 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2384 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2385 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2386 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2387 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2388 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2389 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2390 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2391 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2393 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2394 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2395 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2399 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2400 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2402 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2404 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2407 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2408 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2410 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2413 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2415 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2416 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2420 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2421 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2422 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2424 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2425 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2428 bfd_reloc_status_type
2429 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2430 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2431 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2435 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2437 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2440 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2442 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2443 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2445 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2446 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2448 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2449 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2451 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2453 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2454 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2455 an external symbol. */
2457 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2458 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2460 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2462 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2464 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2465 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2469 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2472 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2474 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2477 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2478 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2479 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2484 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2486 asection
*input_section
;
2490 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2492 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2494 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2495 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2496 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2498 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2499 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2500 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2501 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2503 bfd_reloc_status_type
2504 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2505 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2506 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2507 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2509 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2511 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2512 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2514 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2516 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2518 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2520 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2521 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2524 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2525 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2527 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2530 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2531 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2532 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2534 bfd_reloc_status_type
2535 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2536 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2537 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2539 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2540 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
))
2541 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
)))
2542 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2543 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2544 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2547 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2548 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2551 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2552 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2553 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2555 bfd_reloc_status_type
2556 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2557 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2558 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2561 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2563 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2564 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2566 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2568 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2569 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2572 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2574 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2575 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2577 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2579 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2580 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2581 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2582 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2583 has a rightshift of 0. */
2584 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2585 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2586 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2587 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2588 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2589 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2591 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2592 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2593 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2595 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2596 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2598 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2601 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2605 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2606 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2610 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2611 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2612 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2614 bfd_reloc_status_type
2615 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2616 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2617 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2618 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2621 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2622 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2624 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2626 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2627 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2629 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2631 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2633 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2634 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2635 offset or address. */
2636 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2637 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2642 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2643 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2644 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2645 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2647 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2648 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2649 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2653 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2654 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2655 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2656 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2657 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2658 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2661 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2663 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2664 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2666 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2667 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2669 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2671 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2674 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2679 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2684 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2685 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2688 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2691 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2692 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2696 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2697 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2704 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2705 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2711 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2712 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2716 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2717 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2721 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2722 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2723 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2724 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2725 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2726 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2727 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2730 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2731 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2732 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2735 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2738 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2739 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2740 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2741 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2742 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2743 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2747 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2748 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2750 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2751 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2752 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2753 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2754 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2755 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2758 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2759 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2760 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2761 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2762 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2765 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2766 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2768 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2769 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2770 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2771 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2772 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2773 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2774 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2778 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2779 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2781 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2782 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2783 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2784 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2785 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2786 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2787 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2790 /* Swap in an options header. */
2793 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2794 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2796 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2797 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2798 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2799 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2802 /* Swap out an options header. */
2805 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2806 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2808 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2809 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2810 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2811 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2814 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2817 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2818 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2819 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2821 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2822 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2823 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2824 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2825 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2826 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2827 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2828 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2829 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2830 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2831 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2834 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2837 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2838 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2839 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2841 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2842 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2843 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2844 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2845 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2846 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2847 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2848 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2849 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2854 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2855 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2858 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2860 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2861 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2864 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2865 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2867 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2871 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2873 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2878 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2881 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2882 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2885 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2886 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2888 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2889 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2890 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2891 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2893 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2895 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2898 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2900 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2909 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2910 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2911 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2912 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2913 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2914 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2915 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2916 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2917 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2918 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2919 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2920 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2921 when generating a final executable. */
2924 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2926 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2928 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2930 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2932 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2933 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2934 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2935 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2936 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2938 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2939 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2940 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2941 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2942 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2950 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2953 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2954 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2955 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2956 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2958 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2960 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2961 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2965 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2967 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2968 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2969 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2971 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2973 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2975 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2977 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2978 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2979 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2980 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2983 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2985 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2986 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2992 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2993 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2995 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2996 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2997 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
3001 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
);
3003 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
3004 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
3005 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
3006 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
3007 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
3008 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
3009 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
3010 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
3011 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
3012 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
3013 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3014 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
3015 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3016 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
3017 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
3018 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
3019 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
3021 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
3025 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
3026 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
3029 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3030 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
3031 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3032 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3034 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
3035 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3036 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
3037 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3039 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3040 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3041 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3042 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3043 + sec
->output_offset
3044 + output_section
->vma
);
3046 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3050 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
3052 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3053 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3055 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
3057 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3058 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3059 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
3060 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
3061 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3063 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3066 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3067 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3068 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
3069 + sec
->output_offset
3070 + output_section
->vma
);
3072 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3077 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3078 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3081 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3088 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3091 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3093 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3094 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3096 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3099 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3101 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3104 static INLINE hashval_t
3105 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3108 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3115 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3117 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3119 return (entry
->symndx
3120 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3121 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3122 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3123 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3124 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3125 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3129 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3131 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3132 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3134 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3135 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3136 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3137 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3138 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3139 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3140 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3144 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3146 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3148 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3149 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3150 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3151 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3152 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3156 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3158 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3160 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3161 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3162 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3163 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3164 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3165 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3166 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3170 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3172 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3174 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3175 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3179 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3181 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3183 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3184 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3185 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3188 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3190 static struct mips_got_info
*
3191 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3193 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3195 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3199 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3200 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3201 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3204 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3205 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3206 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3212 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3213 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3215 static struct mips_got_info
*
3216 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3218 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3220 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3223 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3224 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3225 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3229 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3232 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3234 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3236 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3237 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3240 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3241 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3242 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3243 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3244 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3245 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3250 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3251 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3252 if creation fails. */
3255 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3261 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3262 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3263 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3264 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3266 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3271 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3274 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (sreloc
,
3275 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3281 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3284 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3286 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3289 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3292 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3295 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3298 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3301 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3318 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3319 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3323 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3327 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3328 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3332 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3333 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3336 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3338 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3339 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3348 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3354 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3361 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3365 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3366 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3367 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3369 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3371 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3372 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3374 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3376 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3377 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3379 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3382 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3385 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3387 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3392 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3394 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3396 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3397 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3399 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3401 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3402 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3404 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3408 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3410 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3413 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3416 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3417 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3418 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3421 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3422 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3424 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3425 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3426 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3428 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3432 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3436 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3437 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3438 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3439 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3441 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3444 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3446 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3447 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3450 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3451 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3452 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3453 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3454 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3456 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3457 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3458 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3460 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3463 /* General Dynamic. */
3464 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3468 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3469 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3470 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3471 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3474 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3475 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3476 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3477 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3479 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3480 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3484 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3485 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3486 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3487 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3492 /* Initial Exec model. */
3496 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3497 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3499 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3500 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3502 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3503 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3504 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3505 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3508 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3509 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3513 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3514 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3515 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3516 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3517 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3519 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3520 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3521 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3523 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3524 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3525 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3526 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3533 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3536 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3537 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3538 will be negative. */
3541 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3544 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3547 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3550 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3551 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3553 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3554 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3555 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3556 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3557 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3559 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3560 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3561 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3562 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3564 return got_address
- got_value
;
3567 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3568 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3569 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3570 offset can be found. */
3573 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3574 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3578 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3580 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3581 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3583 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3584 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3588 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3589 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3590 return entry
->gotidx
;
3593 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3596 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3599 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3600 long global_got_dynindx
;
3601 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3604 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3605 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3607 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3608 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3609 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3611 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3612 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3613 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3615 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3616 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3617 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3618 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3619 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3624 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3625 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3628 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3632 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3633 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3636 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3637 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3639 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3642 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3643 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3644 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3648 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3649 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3652 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3653 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3655 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3657 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3659 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3660 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3661 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3662 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3663 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3664 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3666 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3671 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3672 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3673 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3674 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3675 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3678 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3679 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3681 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3682 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3684 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3685 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3686 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3691 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3694 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3699 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3700 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3701 symbol that binds locally. */
3704 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3705 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3707 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3709 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3710 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3711 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3712 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3714 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3716 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3717 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3718 same in all cases. */
3719 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3720 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3722 return entry
->gotidx
;
3727 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3731 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3732 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3738 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3739 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3741 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3742 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3743 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3745 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3748 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3749 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3750 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3753 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3754 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3755 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3756 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3760 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3762 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3766 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3767 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3769 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3772 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3773 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3776 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3778 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3780 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3781 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3784 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3787 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3791 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3792 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3800 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3803 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3804 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3811 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3812 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3816 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3820 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3822 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3824 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3825 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3829 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3833 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3834 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3835 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3836 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3837 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3839 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3844 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3846 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3847 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3849 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3852 bfd_vma got_address
;
3854 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3855 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3856 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3859 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3860 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3861 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3862 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3863 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3869 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3870 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3871 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3872 the current linking stage. */
3874 static bfd_size_type
3875 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3877 bfd_size_type count
;
3880 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3881 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3884 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3887 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3888 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3889 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3890 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3891 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3897 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3898 appear towards the end. */
3901 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3903 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3904 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3905 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3907 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3908 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3910 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3918 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3919 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3920 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3921 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3922 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3923 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3924 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3925 hsd
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
3926 if (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
3927 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
3928 && info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
3930 asection
*s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->root
.dynobj
, ".MIPS.xhash");
3931 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3932 hsd
.mipsxhash
= s
->contents
;
3933 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.mipsxhash
!= NULL
);
3936 hsd
.mipsxhash
= NULL
;
3937 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3939 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3940 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3941 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3942 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3943 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3944 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3946 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3947 table index in the GOT. */
3948 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3953 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3954 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3958 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3960 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3962 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3964 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3967 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3970 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3971 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3973 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3977 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3978 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3981 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3982 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3983 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3984 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3988 /* Populate the .MIPS.xhash translation table entry with
3989 the symbol dynindx. */
3990 if (h
->mipsxhash_loc
!= 0 && hsd
->mipsxhash
!= NULL
)
3991 bfd_put_32 (hsd
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.dynindx
,
3992 hsd
->mipsxhash
+ h
->mipsxhash_loc
);
3997 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3998 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3999 hash table directly). */
4002 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4003 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
4005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4006 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4007 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4008 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4010 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
4011 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4013 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4017 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
4018 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
4021 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4025 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
4026 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
4031 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
4032 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4036 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4045 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
4046 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4047 using the GOT entry for calls. */
4050 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4051 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4052 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
4054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
4056 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4057 unsigned char tls_type
;
4059 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4060 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4062 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4064 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
4066 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
4068 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4070 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4074 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4077 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4081 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4082 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
4083 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4087 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4088 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4089 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4092 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4093 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4096 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4097 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4101 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4103 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4104 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4107 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4110 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4111 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4112 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4113 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4116 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4117 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4121 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4122 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4123 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4126 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4127 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4128 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4131 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4133 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4134 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4139 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4143 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4144 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4146 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4147 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4151 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4154 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4162 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4163 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4167 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4177 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4180 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4184 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4186 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4187 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4189 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4190 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4192 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4193 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4198 /* Make room for a null element. */
4199 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4202 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4206 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4207 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4208 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4209 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4212 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4214 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4215 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4217 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4218 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4219 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4221 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4224 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4225 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4231 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4235 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4236 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4237 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4238 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4241 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4243 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4244 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4247 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4248 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4249 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4250 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4251 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4252 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4254 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4261 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4262 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4264 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4265 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4268 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4276 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4278 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4292 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4295 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4297 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4300 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4303 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4304 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4306 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4307 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4308 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4309 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4312 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4314 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4318 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4319 seen the section. */
4320 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4323 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4331 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4333 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4334 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4335 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4337 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4338 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4339 a new singleton range. */
4341 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4343 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4347 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4348 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4349 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4357 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4358 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4360 /* Update the ranges. */
4361 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4362 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4363 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4365 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4367 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4368 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4369 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4372 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4375 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4376 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4377 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4379 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4380 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4386 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4387 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4388 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4389 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4392 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4394 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4395 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4396 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4400 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4401 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4402 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4404 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4406 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4408 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4410 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4413 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4415 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4416 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4417 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4420 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4421 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4425 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4427 /* Read in the symbol. */
4428 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4436 /* Get the associated input section. */
4437 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4444 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4445 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4446 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4447 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4448 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4452 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4453 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4454 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4455 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4457 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4458 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4461 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4463 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4471 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4472 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4473 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4474 that they require. */
4477 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4478 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4480 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4481 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4488 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4492 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4493 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4494 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4495 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4498 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4502 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4505 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4506 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4507 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4512 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4517 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4521 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4524 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4525 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4526 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4527 symbols later if appropriate. */
4528 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4531 /* Absolute symbols, if ever they need a GOT entry, cannot ever go
4532 to the local GOT, as they would be implicitly relocated by the
4533 base address by the dynamic loader. */
4534 if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
.root
))
4537 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4538 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4539 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4540 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4541 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4544 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4545 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4546 the local rather than global GOT. */
4547 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4553 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4554 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4555 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4556 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4557 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4560 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4564 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4566 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4569 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4571 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4572 local or global GOT. */
4573 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4574 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4575 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4576 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4577 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4578 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4579 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4580 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4581 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4582 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4583 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4584 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4585 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4587 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4594 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4595 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4598 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4600 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4601 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4604 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4605 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4606 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4615 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4620 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4621 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4624 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4626 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4627 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4630 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4631 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4632 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4641 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4646 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4647 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4648 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4649 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4653 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4654 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4655 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4657 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4658 unsigned int estimate
;
4660 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4661 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4662 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4663 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4665 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4667 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4668 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4670 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4671 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4672 conservatively as well. */
4673 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4674 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4676 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4678 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4679 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4682 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4683 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4685 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4689 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4693 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4697 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4698 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4699 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4700 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4701 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4702 and then make make the new got current. */
4705 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4706 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4708 unsigned int estimate
;
4711 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4714 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4715 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4716 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4717 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4718 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4720 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4721 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4722 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4723 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4724 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4726 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4728 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4729 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4736 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4737 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4742 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4745 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4750 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4751 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4752 overflows anyway. */
4753 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4759 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4760 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4761 an index in a different GOT. */
4764 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4766 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4768 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4769 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4771 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4773 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4777 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4778 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4781 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4785 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4786 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4787 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4790 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4792 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4793 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4795 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4796 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4797 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4800 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4801 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4807 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4808 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4812 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4813 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4814 symbol to DATA->value. */
4817 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4819 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4820 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4822 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4823 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4824 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4825 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4826 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4827 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4831 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4832 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4833 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4834 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4837 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4839 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4840 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4842 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4843 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4844 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4845 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4846 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4848 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4853 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4855 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4856 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4857 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4858 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4859 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4865 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4866 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4867 lazy-binding stubs. */
4870 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4872 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4873 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4874 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4876 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4877 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4878 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4879 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4881 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4882 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4883 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4885 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4886 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4892 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4895 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4900 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4904 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4908 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4909 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4912 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4913 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4916 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4917 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4920 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4921 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4922 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4923 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4926 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4932 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4933 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4934 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4935 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4936 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4937 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4938 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4939 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4940 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4941 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4943 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4945 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4946 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4947 to be the primary GOT. */
4948 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4950 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4951 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4955 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4956 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4957 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4959 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4960 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4962 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4966 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4967 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4968 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4969 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4971 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4973 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4974 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4975 those that are actually referenced. */
4976 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4977 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4980 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4981 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4982 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4983 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4985 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4986 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4987 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4988 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4989 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4990 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4991 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4992 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4993 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4994 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4995 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4996 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4997 points back to the master GOT. */
4998 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4999 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
5006 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
5008 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
5009 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
5010 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
5011 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
5012 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
5013 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
5015 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
5016 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
5017 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
5022 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
5023 all non-TLS entries. */
5024 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
5026 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5027 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
5030 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
5032 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
5035 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5036 lazy-binding stubs. */
5038 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
5042 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5045 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5047 unsigned int save_assign
;
5049 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
5050 relocations they need. */
5051 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5052 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5054 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5056 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
5059 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
5060 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
5062 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5064 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5065 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5066 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5067 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
5068 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
5070 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5072 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5075 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
5082 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
5083 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
5085 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5086 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
5087 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5088 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
5090 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5092 while (relocation
< relend
)
5094 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5095 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5101 /* We didn't find it. */
5105 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5108 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5109 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5110 asection
**local_sections
)
5112 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5116 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5117 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5118 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5120 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5122 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5128 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5131 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5133 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5134 /* VALUE is negative. */
5135 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5140 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5141 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5145 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5147 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5149 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5150 /* The value is too big. */
5152 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5153 /* The value is too small. */
5160 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5163 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5165 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5168 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5171 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5174 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5181 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5184 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5187 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5194 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5197 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5198 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5201 register asection
*s
;
5203 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5205 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5208 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5210 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5213 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5219 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5222 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5225 register asection
*s
;
5226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5227 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5230 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5231 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5233 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5234 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5237 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5238 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5240 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5241 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5244 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
5246 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5248 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5249 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5250 are not creating a global offset table. */
5252 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5253 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5254 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5257 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5260 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5261 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5262 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5264 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5265 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5268 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5269 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5270 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5272 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5273 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5274 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5277 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5280 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5285 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5286 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5287 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5290 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5292 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5293 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5294 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5295 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5298 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5299 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5300 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5304 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5305 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5307 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5308 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5309 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5310 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5311 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5312 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5319 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5320 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5321 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5322 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5323 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5324 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5325 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5329 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5336 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5339 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5340 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5341 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5344 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5345 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5347 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5349 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
5354 /* Store the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5357 mips_elf_store_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5358 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5359 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma x
)
5361 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5362 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5364 /* Put the value into the output. */
5366 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5369 /* Try to patch a load from GOT instruction in CONTENTS pointed to by
5370 RELOCATION described by HOWTO, with a move of 0 to the load target
5371 register, returning TRUE if that is successful and FALSE otherwise.
5372 If DOIT is FALSE, then only determine it patching is possible and
5373 return status without actually changing CONTENTS.
5377 mips_elf_nullify_got_load (bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5379 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_boolean doit
)
5381 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5382 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5383 bfd_boolean nullified
= TRUE
;
5386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5388 /* Obtain the current value. */
5389 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5391 /* Note that in the unshuffled MIPS16 encoding RX is at bits [21:19]
5392 while RY is at bits [18:16] of the combined 32-bit instruction word. */
5393 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5394 && (((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3d3 /* LW */
5395 || ((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3c7)) /* LD */
5396 x
= (0x3cd << 22) | (x
& (7 << 16)) << 3; /* LI */
5397 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5398 && ((x
>> 26) & 0x37) == 0x37) /* LW/LD */
5399 x
= (0xc << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 21)); /* ADDIU */
5400 else if (((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x23 /* LW */
5401 || ((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x37) /* LD */
5402 x
= (0x9 << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 16)); /* ADDIU */
5406 /* Put the value into the output. */
5407 if (doit
&& nullified
)
5408 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
5410 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5415 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5416 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5417 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5419 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5420 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5421 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5423 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5424 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5425 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5426 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5428 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5429 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5430 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5432 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5433 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5434 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5435 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5437 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5438 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5440 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5442 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5445 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5446 shared object file being produced. */
5448 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5451 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5453 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5454 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5455 during execution. */
5456 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5457 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5459 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5461 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5463 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5464 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5466 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5467 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5468 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5469 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5470 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5471 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5474 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5476 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5477 relocation value. */
5478 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5479 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5480 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5481 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5482 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5484 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5486 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5487 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5488 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5490 /* Parse the relocation. */
5491 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5492 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5493 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5494 + input_section
->output_offset
5495 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5497 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5498 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5500 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5501 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5503 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5505 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5506 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5507 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5510 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5511 must come before globals. */
5515 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5518 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5519 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5521 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5522 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5524 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5526 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5528 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5529 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5531 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5533 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5536 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5537 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5540 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5541 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5542 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5544 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5545 *namep
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
5547 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5548 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5549 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5551 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5552 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5554 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5555 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5556 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5558 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5559 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5561 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5564 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5565 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5570 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5572 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5573 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5574 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5575 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5576 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5577 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5578 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5580 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5581 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5583 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5584 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5585 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5586 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5588 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5589 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5590 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5591 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5595 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5596 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5597 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5598 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5601 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5602 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5603 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5605 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5606 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5607 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5609 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5610 if (sec
->output_section
)
5611 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5612 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5613 + sec
->output_offset
);
5615 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5617 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5618 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5619 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5620 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5623 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5624 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5626 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5627 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5629 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5630 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5631 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5632 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5633 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5635 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5636 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5639 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5641 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5642 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5643 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5644 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5645 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5646 which is available from here:
5647 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5652 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5653 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_DIAGNOSE
5654 && !info
->warn_unresolved_syms
)
5655 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
;
5657 info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
5658 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5659 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5661 if (reject_undefined
)
5662 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5667 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5668 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5671 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5672 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5674 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5676 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5677 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5679 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5680 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5681 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5683 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5684 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5686 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5687 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5688 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5690 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5691 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5695 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5700 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5703 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5704 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5705 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5706 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5715 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5716 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5717 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5719 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5720 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5721 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5722 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5723 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5724 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5726 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5727 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5728 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5731 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5734 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5735 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5737 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5742 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5744 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
5746 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5753 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5756 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5759 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5760 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5762 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5764 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5765 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5766 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5768 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5769 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5770 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5771 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5774 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5775 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5776 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5777 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5779 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5780 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5781 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5784 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5785 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5787 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5789 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5790 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5791 + sec
->output_offset
5792 + htab
->plt_header_size
5793 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5794 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5797 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5798 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5801 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5802 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5803 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5806 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5807 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5810 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5811 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5812 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5813 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5814 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5816 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5817 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5818 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5819 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5820 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5821 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5822 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5823 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5824 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5825 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5827 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5828 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->root
));
5832 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5833 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5836 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5837 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5838 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5839 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5840 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5842 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5843 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5844 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5845 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5846 if (resolved_to_zero
5847 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5848 && mips_elf_nullify_got_load (input_bfd
, contents
,
5849 relocation
, howto
, TRUE
))
5850 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5853 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5854 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5855 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5856 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5857 if (resolved_to_zero
5858 && htab
->use_absolute_zero
5859 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
5861 /* Redirect to the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
5862 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
5863 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5864 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
5869 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5871 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5872 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5874 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5879 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5880 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5881 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5882 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5884 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5885 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5889 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5890 to need it, get it now. */
5893 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5894 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5897 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5898 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5899 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5900 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5901 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5903 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5904 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5905 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5906 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5907 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5908 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5910 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5911 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5912 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5913 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5914 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5915 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5918 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5919 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5921 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5922 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5924 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5928 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5929 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5930 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5931 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5932 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5933 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5935 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5936 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5937 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5941 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5942 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5944 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5945 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5946 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5947 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5950 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5951 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5952 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5956 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5957 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5959 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5962 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5963 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5967 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5968 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5969 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5971 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5975 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5976 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5978 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5979 + input_section
->output_offset
5980 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5981 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5982 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5983 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5985 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5986 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5988 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5989 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5992 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5995 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5999 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6002 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6003 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6004 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6005 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6011 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
6012 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
6014 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
6015 && !h
->root
.def_regular
6016 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
6017 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
6019 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6020 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6021 && !resolved_to_zero
))
6022 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6024 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
6025 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
6026 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
6027 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
6028 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
6029 relocs or PLTs instead. */
6031 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
6039 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
6043 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6044 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6048 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6052 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6053 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6057 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
6058 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
6059 the output file that's different. That's handled in
6060 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
6061 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
6063 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
6067 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
6068 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
6070 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
6071 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
6076 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
6077 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
6079 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6080 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6081 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6082 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
6083 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6086 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6087 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
6088 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6092 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6093 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6095 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
6099 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6100 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
6101 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6103 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6104 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6107 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6109 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6110 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
6114 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6115 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
6116 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
6117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6119 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6124 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
6127 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
6128 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6132 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
6133 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
6134 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
6138 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
6139 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
6140 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
6141 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
6142 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6143 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
6144 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
6145 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
6146 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
6147 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
6148 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
6150 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
6156 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
6157 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
6159 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6162 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
6163 for this conditional. */
6164 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
6165 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
6166 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
6167 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
6168 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
6170 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
6171 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
6172 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
6173 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
6174 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
6177 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
6178 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
6181 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
6182 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
6183 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
6184 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
6185 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
6186 not check for overflow here. */
6190 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6191 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
6192 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
6193 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
6194 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
6199 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
6200 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
6201 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
6202 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
6203 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
6204 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6205 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
6206 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
6207 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
6208 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
6209 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6210 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6211 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6212 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6213 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6214 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6215 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6216 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6220 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6221 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6224 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6225 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6228 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6229 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6230 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6231 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6232 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6234 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6235 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6236 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6237 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6239 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6240 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6247 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6248 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6249 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6250 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6251 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6252 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6253 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6254 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6255 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6256 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6258 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6261 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6262 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6264 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6268 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6269 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6270 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6272 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6273 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6274 will never trigger for them. */
6275 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6276 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6277 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6278 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6280 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6281 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6282 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6283 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6284 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6287 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6288 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6289 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6291 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6292 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6293 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6294 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6295 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6297 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6298 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6299 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6300 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6301 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6304 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6305 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6306 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6308 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6309 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6311 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6312 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6313 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6314 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6315 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6318 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6319 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6320 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6322 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6325 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6326 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6327 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6328 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6329 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6332 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6333 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6334 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6336 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6339 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6340 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6341 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6342 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6343 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6346 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6347 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6348 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6350 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6351 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6353 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6354 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6355 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6356 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6357 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6361 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6362 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6366 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6367 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6368 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6369 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6372 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6373 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6374 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6376 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6377 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6378 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6379 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6380 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6382 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6383 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6384 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6385 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6386 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6389 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6390 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6391 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6393 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6394 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6395 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6396 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6399 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6400 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6401 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6402 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6403 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6406 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6407 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6408 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6410 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6411 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6412 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6413 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6414 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6416 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6417 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6418 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6419 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6420 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6423 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6424 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6425 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6426 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6427 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6428 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6429 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6430 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6433 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6434 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6435 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6436 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6437 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6438 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6439 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6441 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6442 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6445 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6446 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6447 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6448 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6449 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6452 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6453 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6454 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6455 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6456 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6457 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6458 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6461 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6464 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6467 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6471 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6472 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6473 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6477 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6478 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6479 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6482 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6483 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6484 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6485 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6488 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6489 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6490 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6491 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6495 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6496 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6497 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6498 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6499 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6500 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6501 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6502 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6503 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6504 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6505 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6506 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6507 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6511 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6512 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6513 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6514 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6517 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6518 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6521 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6523 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6526 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6527 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6528 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6530 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6531 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6533 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6536 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6537 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6538 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6539 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6540 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6541 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6545 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6547 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6548 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6550 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6552 /* Obtain the current value. */
6553 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6555 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6556 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6558 /* Set the field. */
6559 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6561 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6562 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6564 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6566 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6567 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6570 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6571 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6572 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6576 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6579 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6580 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6582 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6583 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6585 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6588 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6590 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6595 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6599 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6600 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6603 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6604 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6605 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6606 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6610 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6611 x
= (x
& ~(0x3fu
<< 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6613 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6615 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6616 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6617 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6618 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6622 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6624 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6629 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6631 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6637 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6639 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6640 + input_section
->output_offset
6641 + relocation
->r_offset
6644 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6646 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6648 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6649 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6650 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6651 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6655 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6656 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6658 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6660 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6661 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6662 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6667 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6669 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6670 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6671 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6672 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6673 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6674 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6675 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6676 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6677 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6678 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6679 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6685 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6686 + input_section
->output_offset
6687 + relocation
->r_offset
6689 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6690 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6694 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6696 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6697 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6699 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6703 /* Put the value into the output. */
6704 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
6706 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6712 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6713 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6714 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6715 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6718 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6719 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6721 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6722 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6723 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6725 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6730 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6733 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6734 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6736 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6737 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6738 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6739 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6740 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6741 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6744 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6745 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6746 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6748 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6749 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6750 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6751 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6754 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6755 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6758 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6760 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6761 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6762 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6767 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6768 in the relocation. */
6769 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6771 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6772 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6773 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6774 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6776 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6777 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6778 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6779 undefined symbols. */
6784 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6786 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6793 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6796 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6797 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6803 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6804 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6805 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6806 local symbols because we used to generate them
6807 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6808 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6809 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6810 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6811 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6812 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6814 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6815 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6816 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6817 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6818 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6823 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6824 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6825 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6826 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6827 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6830 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6831 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6832 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6834 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6835 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6836 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6839 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6840 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6841 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6842 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6843 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6844 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6845 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6846 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6847 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6848 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6849 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6850 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6851 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6852 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6855 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6857 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6858 correct location in the output file. */
6859 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6860 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6861 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6862 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6863 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6864 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6866 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6867 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6868 relocation format is non-standard. */
6869 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6871 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6872 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6874 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6876 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6878 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6879 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6880 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6881 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6883 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6886 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6887 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6888 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6890 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6891 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6893 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6894 will be writing to it. */
6895 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6898 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6899 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6901 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6906 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6908 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6909 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6910 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6911 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6912 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6913 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6915 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6916 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6917 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6919 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6920 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6921 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6922 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6923 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6924 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6925 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6929 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6930 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6932 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6933 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6938 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6941 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6943 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6945 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6946 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6948 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6949 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6951 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6952 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6954 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6955 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6957 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6958 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6960 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6961 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6963 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6964 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6966 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6967 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6969 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6970 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6972 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6973 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6975 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6976 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6978 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6979 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6981 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6982 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6984 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6985 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6987 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6988 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6990 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
:
6991 return bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
;
6993 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6994 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6996 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6997 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6999 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
7000 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
7002 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
7003 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
7005 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
7006 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
7009 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
7013 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
7016 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
7019 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
7022 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
7025 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
7027 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7028 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
7030 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7031 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
7033 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7034 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7036 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7037 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7039 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
7040 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
7042 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
7043 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
7050 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
7052 static INLINE
char *
7053 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
7057 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
7058 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
7061 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
7063 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7067 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
7069 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
7071 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
7073 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
7076 return "unknown abi";
7080 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
7081 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
7082 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
7083 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
7084 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
7085 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
7086 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7087 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7089 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
7090 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
7091 definition in a shared library. */
7092 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
7093 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7094 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7096 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7099 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
7101 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
7103 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
7104 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
7105 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
7107 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7108 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
7109 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
7110 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
7111 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
7112 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
7113 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7115 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
7116 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
7117 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
7118 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7119 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7120 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7121 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
7122 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7123 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7124 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7126 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7130 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7131 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
7132 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7133 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
7134 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7137 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7138 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7140 /* Initialize the small common section. */
7141 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
7142 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7143 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7144 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7145 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7146 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
7147 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7148 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7149 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7151 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7152 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
7155 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7156 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7161 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
7163 if (section
!= NULL
)
7165 asym
->section
= section
;
7166 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7167 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
7168 base address to make it an offset. */
7169 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7176 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
7178 if (section
!= NULL
)
7180 asym
->section
= section
;
7181 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7182 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
7183 base address to make it an offset. */
7184 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7190 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
7191 or microMIPS one. */
7192 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7193 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7196 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7197 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7198 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7200 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7201 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7205 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7206 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7208 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7209 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7210 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7211 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7212 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7214 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7215 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7216 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7217 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7219 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7220 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7221 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7222 We therefore take the following approach:
7224 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7225 determine the pointer size.
7227 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7228 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7232 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7233 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7234 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7235 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7236 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7238 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7239 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7243 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7245 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7247 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7249 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7251 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7252 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7253 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7260 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7261 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7262 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7271 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7272 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7273 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7275 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7276 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7279 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7280 will jump there rather than to .text.
7282 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7283 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7286 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7288 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7291 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7292 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7293 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7297 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7299 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7300 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7304 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7306 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7309 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7310 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7311 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7312 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7318 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7321 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7322 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7326 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7327 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7328 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7329 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7331 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7333 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7334 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7335 so that we don't have to read them again.
7336 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7337 through the section contents to see if there is an
7338 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7340 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7342 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7343 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7345 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7347 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7349 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7352 /* xgettext:c-format */
7353 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7355 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7358 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7365 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7366 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7369 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7370 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7373 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7380 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7381 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7384 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7385 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7392 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7394 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (hdr
->bfd_section
);
7396 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7397 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7398 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7399 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7400 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7401 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7402 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7403 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7404 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7405 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7406 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7407 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7408 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7409 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7411 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7413 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7415 unsigned int adjust
;
7417 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7419 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7427 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7428 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7429 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. */
7432 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7439 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7440 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7441 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7442 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7443 probably get away with this. */
7444 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7446 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7447 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7451 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7454 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7455 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7458 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7459 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7462 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7463 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7466 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7467 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7469 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7471 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7472 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7473 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7475 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7477 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7478 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7481 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7482 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7485 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7486 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7489 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7490 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7492 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7494 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7495 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7496 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7499 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7500 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7503 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7504 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7505 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7508 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
7509 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") != 0)
7515 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7518 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
)
7519 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
7523 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
,
7524 (bfd_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
)
7529 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7531 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7533 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7534 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7536 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7537 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7538 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7540 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7543 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7545 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7546 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7547 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7548 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7549 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7551 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7554 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7555 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7557 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7558 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7561 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7562 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7563 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7564 they should agree. */
7565 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7567 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7569 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7570 if (contents
== NULL
)
7572 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7579 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7580 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7582 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7584 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7586 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7589 /* xgettext:c-format */
7590 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7592 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7595 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7597 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7599 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7601 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7602 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7604 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7606 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7608 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7610 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7612 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7613 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7615 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7625 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7626 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7627 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7630 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7632 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
7634 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7636 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7637 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7638 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7640 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7641 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7642 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7644 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7645 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7646 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7648 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7649 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7650 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7652 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7653 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7654 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7655 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7656 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7658 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7660 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7662 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7663 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7664 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7665 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7667 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7668 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7670 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7673 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7675 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7676 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7677 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7678 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7680 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7681 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7683 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7684 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7687 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7688 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7689 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7690 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7691 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7692 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7693 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7694 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7696 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7697 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7699 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7701 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7702 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7703 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7705 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7707 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7708 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7709 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7711 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7713 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7714 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7716 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7717 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7719 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7721 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7722 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7723 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7724 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7725 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7727 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7729 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7730 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7731 final_write_processing. */
7733 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7734 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7736 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7737 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7738 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7740 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7742 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7743 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7744 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7746 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") == 0)
7748 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_XHASH
;
7749 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7750 hdr
->sh_entsize
= get_elf_backend_data(abfd
)->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
7753 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7754 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7755 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7756 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7757 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7762 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7763 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7764 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7765 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7766 the .scommon section. */
7769 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7770 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7772 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7774 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7777 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7779 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7785 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7786 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7789 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7790 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7791 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7792 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7794 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7795 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7796 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7798 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7803 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7804 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7805 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7806 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7807 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7808 is not done for them. */
7810 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7811 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7817 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7820 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7821 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7822 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7823 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7824 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7827 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7828 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7829 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7830 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7834 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7835 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7837 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7838 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7839 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7841 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7842 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7845 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7846 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7847 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7850 /* Initialize the section. */
7852 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7853 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7855 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7856 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7858 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7859 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7860 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7861 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7862 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7863 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7864 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7866 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7867 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7868 so I took it out. */
7869 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7872 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7873 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7875 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7876 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7878 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7879 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7880 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7882 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7883 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7886 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7887 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7888 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7891 /* Initialize the section. */
7893 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7894 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7896 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7897 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7899 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7900 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7901 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7902 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7903 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7904 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7905 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7907 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7908 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7909 so I took it out. */
7910 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7913 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7914 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7918 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7919 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7920 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7921 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7923 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7924 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7926 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7928 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7929 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7930 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7933 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7936 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7938 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7941 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7942 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7945 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7946 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7947 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7948 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7954 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7955 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7956 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7959 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7960 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7961 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7962 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7964 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7965 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7966 common in the output file. */
7967 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7968 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7969 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7971 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7972 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7977 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7979 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7982 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7985 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7987 register asection
*s
;
7988 const char * const *namep
;
7989 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7991 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7992 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7994 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7995 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7997 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7999 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8001 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8004 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
))
8009 /* We need to create .got section. */
8010 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
8013 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
8016 /* Create .stub section. */
8017 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
8018 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
8021 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8025 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8026 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
8027 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
8029 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
8030 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
8032 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8036 /* Create .MIPS.xhash section. */
8037 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
8038 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".MIPS.xhash",
8039 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
8041 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
8042 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
8043 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
8044 the linker takes such action. */
8045 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8047 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
8050 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8051 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
8052 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8055 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8059 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8061 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8065 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
8066 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8068 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
8072 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
8073 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
8075 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8077 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8079 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8081 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
8083 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8086 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8088 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8090 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8092 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8095 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
8099 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
8101 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8102 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8103 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8106 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8109 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8111 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8114 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
8116 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
8117 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
8118 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
8119 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
8120 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
8121 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8123 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
8125 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8126 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
8127 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8133 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
8135 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8137 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
8141 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
8142 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
8143 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
8146 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
8147 if (htab
->is_vxworks
8148 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
8154 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
8155 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
8156 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
8159 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8160 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8161 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8166 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
8167 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
8168 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
8169 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
8171 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8172 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
8173 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
8176 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
8177 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
8178 of the section that REL is against. */
8181 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8182 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
8185 unsigned int r_type
;
8189 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8190 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8192 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
8193 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8194 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
8195 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8197 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
8199 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
8201 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8207 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8208 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8209 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8210 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8211 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8214 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8215 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8216 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8217 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8219 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8220 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8221 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8224 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8225 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8226 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8227 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8228 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8229 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8230 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8232 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8234 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8235 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8236 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8239 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8241 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8242 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8243 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8244 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8245 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8246 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8248 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8249 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8250 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8251 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8252 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8255 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8256 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8257 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8259 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8260 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8267 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8268 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8269 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8272 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8277 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8278 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8280 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8284 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8287 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8289 static struct plt_entry
*
8290 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8292 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8294 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8298 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8299 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8300 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8301 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8305 /* Define the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. We only need this
8306 for PIC code, as otherwise there is no load-time relocation involved
8307 and local GOT entries whose value is zero at static link time will
8308 retain their value at load time. */
8311 mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8312 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
,
8313 unsigned int r_type
)
8317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8318 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
8322 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->use_absolute_zero
);
8323 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_pic (info
));
8326 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
8327 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8328 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &hzero
.bh
))
8331 BFD_ASSERT (hzero
.bh
!= NULL
);
8333 hzero
.eh
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
8334 hzero
.eh
->other
= STV_PROTECTED
;
8335 hzero
.eh
->def_regular
= 1;
8336 hzero
.eh
->non_elf
= 0;
8338 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (hzero
.eh
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, r_type
))
8341 htab
->use_absolute_zero
= TRUE
;
8346 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8347 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8348 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8351 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8352 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8357 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8359 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8360 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8363 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8366 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8368 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8371 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8372 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8374 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8375 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8376 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8377 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8379 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8380 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8382 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8384 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
8385 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8387 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8389 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8392 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8396 /* xgettext:c-format */
8397 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8398 " stub section `%s'"),
8400 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8404 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8405 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8409 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8410 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8411 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8412 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8414 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8415 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8417 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8418 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8419 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8420 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8424 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8426 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8429 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8430 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8431 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8432 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8435 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8444 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8445 not need it. Since this function is called before
8446 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8447 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8449 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8453 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8455 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8457 unsigned long symcount
;
8461 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8462 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8464 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8465 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8466 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8469 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8472 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8473 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8475 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8476 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8477 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8478 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8482 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8484 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8485 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8487 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8488 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8489 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8491 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8493 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8494 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8495 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8496 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8497 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8498 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8500 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8504 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8506 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8509 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8511 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8515 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8518 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8522 /* xgettext:c-format */
8523 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8524 " stub section `%s'"),
8526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8530 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8531 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8535 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8536 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8537 that refers to this symbol. */
8538 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8540 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8541 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8543 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8544 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8545 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8546 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8550 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8552 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8555 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8556 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8557 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8558 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8561 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8570 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8571 not need it. Since this function is called before
8572 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8573 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8575 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8579 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8581 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8583 unsigned long symcount
;
8587 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8588 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8590 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8591 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8592 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8595 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8598 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8599 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8601 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8602 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8603 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8604 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8608 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8609 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8611 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8613 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8614 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8616 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8618 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8619 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8620 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8621 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8622 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8625 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8629 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8631 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8637 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8639 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8640 unsigned int r_type
;
8641 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8642 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8643 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8644 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8646 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8647 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8649 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8651 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8654 /* xgettext:c-format */
8655 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8662 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8665 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8666 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8667 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8671 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8672 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8673 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8675 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8676 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8677 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8679 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8680 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8681 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8682 .debug* should have no effect. */
8683 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8688 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8689 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8690 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8691 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8692 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8693 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8694 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8698 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8699 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8700 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8701 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8702 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8703 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8704 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8705 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8706 /* If we have a symbol that will resolve to zero at static link
8707 time and it is used by a GOT relocation applied to code we
8708 cannot relax to an immediate zero load, then we will be using
8709 the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol whose value is zero
8710 at dynamic load time. We ignore HI16-type GOT relocations at
8711 this stage, because their handling will depend entirely on
8712 the corresponding LO16-type GOT relocation. */
8713 if (!call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8715 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
8716 && !htab
->use_absolute_zero
8717 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8719 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
8721 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8724 rel_reloc
= mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
);
8725 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
8727 if (!mips_elf_nullify_got_load (abfd
, contents
, rel
, howto
,
8729 if (!mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (abfd
, info
, htab
, r_type
))
8734 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8735 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8736 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8738 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8739 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8740 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8741 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8742 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8743 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8744 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8745 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8746 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8748 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8749 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8751 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8754 /* xgettext:c-format */
8755 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8756 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8760 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8765 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8766 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8767 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8768 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8771 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8772 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8773 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8774 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8775 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8776 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8777 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8778 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8779 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8780 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8786 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8787 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8788 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8790 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8791 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8792 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8793 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8794 against a read-only section. */
8795 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8797 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8798 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8799 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8800 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8801 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8802 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8804 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8806 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8812 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8813 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8815 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8816 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8817 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8818 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8819 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8820 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8821 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8827 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8829 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8830 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8833 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8835 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8836 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8837 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8838 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8839 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8840 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8843 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8844 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8845 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8846 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8850 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8854 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8855 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8856 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8857 relocations against the text segment. */
8858 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8861 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8862 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8863 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8864 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8866 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8867 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8868 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8869 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8870 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8871 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8872 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8873 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8874 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8875 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8880 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8881 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8882 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8887 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8888 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8892 /* xgettext:c-format */
8893 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8894 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8895 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8900 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8901 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8902 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8903 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8906 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8907 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8908 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8909 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8913 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8914 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8915 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8921 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8922 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8923 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8925 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8926 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8927 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8928 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8929 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8930 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8932 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8933 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8934 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8936 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8938 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8940 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8941 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8943 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8944 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8947 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8950 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8951 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8957 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8958 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8960 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8961 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8962 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8963 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8967 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8968 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8971 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8972 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8973 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8978 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8979 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8980 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8981 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8982 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8985 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8986 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8987 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8988 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8990 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8996 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8997 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8998 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8999 for TLS GD relocations. */
9002 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
9008 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
9018 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
9019 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
9020 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
9021 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
9025 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
9029 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
9031 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
9032 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
9033 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
9034 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9035 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9036 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
9037 relocations against the text segment. */
9038 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9042 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9044 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
9045 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
9046 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
9047 it will be left as zero.
9049 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
9050 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
9052 For an executable, we only need to copy this
9053 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
9055 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9056 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9057 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9058 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
9059 are relocations against the text segment. */
9060 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9064 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9065 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9066 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9070 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9071 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
9072 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9073 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9074 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9075 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
9076 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
9077 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9078 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9079 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9082 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
9083 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
9084 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9085 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9089 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
9090 used. Record for later use during GC. */
9091 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9092 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9100 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
9101 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
9102 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
9103 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
9104 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
9105 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
9108 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9109 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9110 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9111 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9113 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9114 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
9115 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9118 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9119 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9121 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9124 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
9125 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
9126 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
9127 when processing the stub's relocations. */
9129 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
9130 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
9132 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
9134 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9135 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9138 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9139 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9140 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9141 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9142 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
9143 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9147 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9148 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9149 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9150 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9151 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9152 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9153 /* These are okay in PIE, but not in a shared library. */
9154 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
9162 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
9163 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9164 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
9165 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
9166 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9167 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
9168 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9171 /* Likewise an absolute symbol. */
9172 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9175 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9176 and has a special meaning. */
9177 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
9178 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
9181 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
9182 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
9189 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9190 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, NEWABI_P (abfd
));
9191 /* An error for unsupported relocations is raised as part
9192 of the above search, so we can skip the following. */
9194 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9195 /* xgettext:c-format */
9196 (_("%X%H: relocation %s against `%s' cannot be used"
9197 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC\n"),
9198 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
,
9199 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
9210 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9213 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9217 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9218 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9220 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9221 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9223 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9224 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9226 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9227 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9228 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9231 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9232 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9233 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9236 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9237 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9238 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9239 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9240 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9241 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9242 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9243 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9245 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9247 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9249 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
9250 we are not going to export. */
9251 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9254 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9256 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9258 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9265 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9266 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9267 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9268 relocations against it.
9270 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9271 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9273 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9275 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9276 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9277 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9280 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9281 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9282 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9283 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9284 against the text segment. */
9285 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9292 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9293 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9294 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9295 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9299 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9308 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9310 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9311 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9313 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9314 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9319 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9321 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9323 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9324 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9325 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9326 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9327 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9329 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9330 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9331 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9333 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9336 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9337 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9338 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9339 executable and the shared library. */
9341 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9343 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9344 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9348 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9349 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9351 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9352 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9353 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9354 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9355 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9356 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9357 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9358 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9359 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9360 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9361 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9362 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9363 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9365 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9366 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9368 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9369 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9370 for PLT offset calculations. */
9371 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9373 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9374 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9376 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9377 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9378 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9379 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9380 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9381 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9384 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9385 for the same reason as above. */
9386 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9387 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9390 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9392 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9394 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9395 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9397 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9398 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9399 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9400 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9402 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9403 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9404 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9405 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9406 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9407 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9408 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9410 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9411 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9412 else if (!micromips_p
)
9414 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9415 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9416 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9417 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9419 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9421 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9422 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9423 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9424 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9428 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9429 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9430 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9431 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9435 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9436 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9437 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9440 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9441 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9443 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9444 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9445 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9446 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9451 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9453 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9454 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9457 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9458 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9459 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9460 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9461 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9462 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9463 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9466 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9468 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9471 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9473 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9474 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9476 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9478 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9479 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9482 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9483 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9485 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9486 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9487 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9488 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9490 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9491 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9492 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9493 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9495 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9496 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9497 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9499 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9500 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9501 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9506 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9507 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9508 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9509 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9512 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9513 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9514 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9518 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9519 in regular objects. */
9523 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9524 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9525 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9528 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9529 some that we can't convert. */
9530 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9532 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9533 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9534 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9535 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9539 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9540 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9541 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9542 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9543 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9544 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9545 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9546 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9547 same memory location for the variable. */
9549 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9551 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9552 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9556 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9557 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9559 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9561 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9562 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9564 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9568 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9569 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9570 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9572 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9575 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9576 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9577 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9580 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9581 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9584 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9585 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9587 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9588 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9590 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9591 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9594 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9595 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9598 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9599 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9602 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9603 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9607 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9609 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9610 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9617 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9620 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9624 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9625 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9626 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9628 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9629 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9631 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9632 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9634 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9638 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9641 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9642 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9643 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9644 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9645 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9647 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9648 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9649 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9651 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9652 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9653 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9655 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9658 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9659 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9661 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9663 asection
*subsection
;
9665 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9667 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9669 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9671 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9672 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9676 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9677 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9678 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9679 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9682 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9683 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9684 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9686 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9688 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9689 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9691 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9692 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9694 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9695 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9696 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9698 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9699 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9701 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9703 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9708 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9709 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9710 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9711 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9712 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9713 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9715 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9716 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9719 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9720 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9723 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9724 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9726 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9727 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9728 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9730 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9732 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9738 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9741 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9744 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9746 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9747 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9749 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9752 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9753 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9754 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9756 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9757 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9758 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9760 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9761 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9763 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9764 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9765 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9766 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9767 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9768 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9769 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9770 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9771 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9772 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9773 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9774 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9775 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9777 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9778 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9779 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9781 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9784 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9785 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9786 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9789 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9791 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9792 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9793 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9797 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9798 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9799 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9801 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9803 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9804 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9805 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9807 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9808 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9809 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9810 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9815 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9816 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9817 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9818 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9819 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9824 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9825 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9828 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9830 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9831 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9832 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9833 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9835 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9839 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9840 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9842 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9845 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9847 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9849 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9852 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9853 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9854 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9856 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9857 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9858 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9861 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9868 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9869 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9870 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9871 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9874 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9876 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9877 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9878 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9883 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9884 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9886 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9888 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9889 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9890 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9892 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9893 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9896 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9902 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9903 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9906 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9907 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9909 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9912 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9913 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9914 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9920 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9923 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9927 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9928 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9931 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9932 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9933 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9934 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9936 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9938 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9939 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9941 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9942 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9944 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9946 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9949 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9950 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9951 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9952 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9953 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9954 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9956 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9957 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9959 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9960 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9961 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9963 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9964 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9965 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9966 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9967 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9970 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9971 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9972 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9974 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9975 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9976 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9977 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9978 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9979 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9980 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9981 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9982 else if (!micromips_p
)
9983 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9984 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9985 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9987 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9989 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9990 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9991 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9992 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9993 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9994 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9995 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9997 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9999 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
10001 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
10002 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
10003 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
10008 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
10009 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
10011 h
->type
= STT_FUNC
;
10015 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
10016 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10018 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
10020 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
10023 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
10025 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
10026 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
10027 memory for them. */
10029 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10033 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
10034 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
10035 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
10037 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10040 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
10044 const char *outname
;
10047 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
10048 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
10049 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
10050 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
10051 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
10053 outname
= bfd_section_name (s
->output_section
);
10054 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
10055 if ((target
!= NULL
10056 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
10057 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
10058 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
10061 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10062 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10063 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
10064 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10066 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
10067 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
10068 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
10069 will move them around between input sections'
10070 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
10071 broken, so don't let it run. */
10072 info
->combreloc
= 0;
10075 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10076 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
10077 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
10079 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
10080 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
10081 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10083 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10084 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
10085 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
10086 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
10088 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
10089 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
10090 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
10091 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10092 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
10095 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
10096 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
10097 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
10098 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
10099 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
10100 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
10102 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10108 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10112 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10115 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
10116 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10117 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10119 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
10124 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10126 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10127 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10128 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10129 the .dynamic section. */
10131 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
10132 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
10133 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
10134 may only look at the first one they see. */
10135 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
10136 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
10139 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10140 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
10143 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
10144 used by the debugger. */
10145 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10146 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10147 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10150 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
10151 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10153 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10155 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10158 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
10159 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
10160 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
10161 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
10162 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10165 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
10168 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10169 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10171 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10172 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10173 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10175 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10178 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10181 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10187 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
10188 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
10190 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10193 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10196 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10200 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10203 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10206 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10209 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10212 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10215 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10218 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10221 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
10222 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_XHASH
, 0))
10225 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10226 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10229 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10230 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10231 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10232 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10235 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10237 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10240 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10243 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10246 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10249 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10250 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10257 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10258 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10259 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10260 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10263 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10264 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10265 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10267 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10268 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10271 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10273 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10274 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10275 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10276 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10278 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10279 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10282 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10283 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10285 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10286 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10288 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10289 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10292 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10293 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10294 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10298 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10299 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10300 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10301 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10302 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10303 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10304 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10305 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10306 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10307 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10308 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10310 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10311 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10312 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10315 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10316 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10317 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10318 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10319 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10320 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10321 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10322 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10324 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10325 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10326 unsigned int r_type
;
10329 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10331 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10332 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10334 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10340 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10341 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10342 howto
, i
, contents
);
10347 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10350 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10351 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10352 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10353 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10354 asection
**local_sections
)
10356 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10357 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10358 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10359 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10361 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10362 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10366 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10367 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10368 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10370 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10371 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10373 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10377 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10379 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10380 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10382 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10383 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10385 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10386 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10387 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10389 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10394 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10397 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10398 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10399 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10400 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10401 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10402 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10405 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10406 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10407 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10410 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10412 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10413 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10414 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10418 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10420 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10421 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10422 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10423 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10424 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10425 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10426 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10428 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10430 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10431 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10434 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10436 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10437 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10438 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10439 RELA relocation. */
10440 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10443 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10444 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10446 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10447 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10448 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10451 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10452 contents
, &addend
))
10455 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10457 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10458 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10461 /* xgettext:c-format */
10462 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10463 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10465 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10469 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10472 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10473 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10474 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10477 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10479 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10480 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10481 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10483 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10485 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10486 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10487 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10488 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10489 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10490 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10491 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10493 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10495 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10496 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10497 source of the addend in the final link. */
10498 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10500 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10501 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10502 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10503 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10504 but for endianness. */
10510 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10512 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10519 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10520 do two separate stores. */
10521 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10523 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10525 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10526 high_bits
= addend
;
10531 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10533 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10534 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10535 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10536 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10540 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10541 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10546 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10550 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10551 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10552 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10554 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10555 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10556 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10557 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10559 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10561 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10562 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10563 input_section
, contents
,
10564 info
, rel
, addend
, howto
,
10565 local_syms
, local_sections
,
10566 &value
, &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10567 use_saved_addend_p
))
10569 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10570 /* There's nothing to do. */
10573 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10574 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10575 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10576 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10577 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10580 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10581 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10582 info
->callbacks
->warning
10583 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10586 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10587 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10588 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10589 a given location. */
10593 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10595 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10596 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10597 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10598 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10599 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10600 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10602 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10603 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10605 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10606 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10608 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10609 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10610 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10617 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10619 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10620 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10621 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10622 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10623 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10624 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10625 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10626 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10627 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10628 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10629 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10630 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10631 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10632 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10635 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10636 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10639 /* Fall through. */
10646 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10647 until we reach the last one. */
10648 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10654 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10655 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10656 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10657 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10658 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10659 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10660 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10661 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10667 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10669 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10676 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10677 do two separate stores. */
10678 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10680 /* Undo what we did above. */
10681 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10682 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10684 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10690 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10693 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10694 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10695 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10699 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10700 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10701 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10702 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10709 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10710 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10713 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10715 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10716 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10717 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10720 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10722 bfd_signed_vma pcrel_offset
= 0;
10724 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10725 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10726 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10727 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10729 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10730 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10734 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10743 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10744 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10746 /* We add 8 here to account for the LUI/ADDIU instructions
10747 before the branch instruction. This cannot be moved down to
10748 where pcrel_offset is calculated as 's' is updated in
10749 mips_elf_get_la25_target. */
10750 branch_pc
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ offset
+ 8;
10752 /* Work out the target address. */
10753 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10754 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10756 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10757 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10759 /* Calculate the PC of the compact branch instruction (for the case where
10760 compact branches are used for either microMIPSR6 or MIPSR6 with
10761 compact branches. Add 4-bytes to account for BC using the PC of the
10762 next instruction as the base. */
10763 pcrel_offset
= target
- (branch_pc
+ 4);
10765 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10767 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10768 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10769 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10771 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10773 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10774 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10776 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10777 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10782 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10783 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10788 /* This is trampoline. */
10790 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10792 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10793 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10794 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10795 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10796 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10797 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10798 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10802 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10803 if (MIPSR6_P (hti
->output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
10805 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10806 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_BC (pcrel_offset
), loc
+ 8);
10810 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10811 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10813 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10819 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10820 adjust it appropriately now. */
10823 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10824 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10826 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10827 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10828 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10831 "__dso_displacement",
10833 "__program_header_table",
10837 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10845 const char* const *p
;
10848 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10849 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10852 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10854 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10856 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10857 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10859 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10861 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10863 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10869 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10870 dynamic sections here. */
10873 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10874 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10876 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10880 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10883 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10884 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10886 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10887 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10888 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10889 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10891 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10893 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10894 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10895 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10897 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10899 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10900 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10904 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10906 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10907 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10908 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10909 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10910 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10912 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10913 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10914 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10915 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10917 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10918 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10919 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10920 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10922 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10923 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10925 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10926 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10927 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10928 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10931 /* xgettext:c-format */
10932 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10933 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10935 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10936 (int64_t) got_address
);
10937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10941 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10942 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10943 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10944 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10945 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10949 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10950 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10951 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10953 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10954 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10956 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10958 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10960 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10961 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10963 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10964 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10966 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10968 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10969 plt_entry
= htab
->compact_branches
? mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
10970 : mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10972 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10974 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10977 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10978 || (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10991 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10992 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10994 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10996 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10997 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10999 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11001 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11002 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11004 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
11005 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
11007 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11009 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11010 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
11011 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11012 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11013 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11014 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11015 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
11017 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11019 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11021 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11022 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
11023 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11024 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
11025 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11026 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11027 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
11028 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
11032 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11033 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
11034 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11036 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
11038 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11039 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
11040 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11042 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11043 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11046 /* xgettext:c-format */
11047 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11048 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11050 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11051 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11052 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11053 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11056 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11057 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11058 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11059 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11060 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11061 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11062 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11066 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11067 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
11068 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
11069 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
11071 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
11072 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
11073 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
11074 binary where pointer equality matters. */
11075 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11076 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
11077 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
11085 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11087 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
11088 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
11089 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
11090 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
11091 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
11092 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
11093 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
11096 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11097 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11098 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11100 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11102 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
11104 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11106 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
11108 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
11109 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
11111 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
11114 /* Fill the stub. */
11118 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
11123 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11124 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11129 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11132 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11134 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
11136 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11137 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
11143 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
11149 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11153 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11154 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11155 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11156 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11157 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11159 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11160 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11161 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11164 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11165 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
11172 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
11174 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
11176 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11178 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
11183 if (!(MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
11185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
11189 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11190 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11191 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11192 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11194 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
11202 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
11203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALRC
, stub
+ idx
);
11206 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
11207 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
11210 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
11211 only for the referenced symbol. */
11212 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11214 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
11215 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
11216 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
11217 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
11218 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
11219 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
11221 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11224 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11225 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11227 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11229 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11230 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11231 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11232 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11233 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11236 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11237 || h
->forced_local
);
11239 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11240 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11241 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11243 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11244 the symbols that need them. */
11245 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11250 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11251 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11252 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11255 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11257 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11263 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11266 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11268 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11271 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11274 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11275 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11276 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11277 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11279 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11280 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11282 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11283 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11284 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11285 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11286 appropriate addend. */
11287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11289 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11290 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11291 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11293 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11294 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11297 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11298 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11299 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11303 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11304 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11309 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11310 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11311 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11312 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11313 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11314 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11315 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11317 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11318 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11321 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11323 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11324 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11326 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11327 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11329 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11331 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11333 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11334 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11335 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11336 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11338 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11340 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11341 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11342 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11343 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11347 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11353 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11354 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11356 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11357 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11358 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11359 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11360 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11361 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11364 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11365 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11366 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11368 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11369 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11370 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11372 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11373 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11375 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11377 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11378 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11384 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11387 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11388 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11394 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11396 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11398 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11399 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11400 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11401 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11403 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11406 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11407 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11408 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11409 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11410 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11412 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11413 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11415 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11416 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11417 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11418 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11420 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11421 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11422 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11425 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11426 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11427 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11428 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11430 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11431 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11432 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11434 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11435 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11436 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11438 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11440 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11441 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11443 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11444 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11446 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11448 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11450 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11454 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11456 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11457 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11458 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11469 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11470 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11472 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11473 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11474 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11475 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11476 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11478 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11479 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11480 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11481 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11482 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11485 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11486 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11488 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11492 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11493 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11494 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11495 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11496 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11498 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11500 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11501 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11504 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11506 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11507 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11508 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11510 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11511 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11514 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11518 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11519 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11520 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11522 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11523 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11524 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11525 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11526 + sgot
->output_offset
11528 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11529 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11530 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11533 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11536 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11540 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11542 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11543 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11544 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11545 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11547 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11548 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11550 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11551 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11552 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11553 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11556 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11557 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11558 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11563 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11566 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11569 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11570 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11573 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11574 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11576 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11577 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11578 ? mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11579 : mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
11580 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11581 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11582 ? mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11583 : mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11584 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11585 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11586 ? mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11587 : mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11588 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11589 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11591 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11593 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11594 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11595 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11596 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11597 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11599 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11600 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11601 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11602 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11605 /* xgettext:c-format */
11606 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11607 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11609 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11610 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11611 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11615 /* Install the PLT header. */
11616 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11617 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11619 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11620 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11623 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11625 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11626 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11627 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11629 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11630 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11633 /* xgettext:c-format */
11634 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11635 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11637 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11638 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11639 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11640 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11643 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11644 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11645 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11646 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11647 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11649 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11656 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11657 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11658 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11659 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11660 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11664 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11668 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11669 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11670 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11671 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11677 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11678 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11681 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11683 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11685 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11686 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11687 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11689 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11690 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11692 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11694 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11695 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11696 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11697 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11699 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11700 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11702 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11703 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11704 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11706 /* Install the PLT header. */
11707 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11708 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11709 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11710 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11711 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11712 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11713 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11715 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11716 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11717 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11718 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11720 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11721 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11723 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11724 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11725 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11726 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11727 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11728 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11730 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11731 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11732 in which symbols were output. */
11733 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11735 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11737 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11738 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11739 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11740 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11742 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11743 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11744 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11745 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11747 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11748 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11750 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11754 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11757 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11760 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11762 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11763 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11765 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11766 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11768 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11771 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11774 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11775 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11780 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11781 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11783 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11784 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11786 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11788 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11790 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11791 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11793 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11796 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11798 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11799 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11801 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11802 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11804 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11805 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11806 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11808 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11812 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11814 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11815 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11817 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11823 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11827 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11828 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11832 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11834 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11838 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11839 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11842 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11843 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11844 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11847 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11848 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11851 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11852 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11855 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11859 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11863 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11865 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11868 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11870 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11873 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11874 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11875 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11876 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11879 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11880 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11883 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11884 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11885 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11886 referenced within the same object. */
11887 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11890 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11891 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11893 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11896 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11897 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11898 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11899 /* Fall through. */
11901 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11903 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11904 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11907 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11909 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11912 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11913 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11916 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11919 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11922 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11923 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11926 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11928 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11930 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11931 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11935 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11938 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11939 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11942 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11943 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11946 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11948 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11949 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11950 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11951 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11952 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11953 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11954 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11958 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11959 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11960 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11961 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11965 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11966 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11967 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11969 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11974 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11978 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11979 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11980 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11984 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11985 the dynamic tag. */
11986 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11988 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11989 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11994 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11995 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11996 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11997 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11999 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12002 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12003 name
= ".MIPS.xhash";
12004 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12005 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
12009 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12010 if (htab
->is_vxworks
12011 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
12016 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
12017 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12018 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
12022 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
12027 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
12028 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
12029 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
12032 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
12033 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
12035 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12037 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
12038 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
12039 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
12040 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
12041 to the lazy resolution stub. */
12042 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
12043 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
12045 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12046 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12047 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12049 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12053 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
12054 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
12055 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
12056 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
12057 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12058 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12061 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
12062 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12065 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
12066 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
12068 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
12069 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
12071 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
12072 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
12074 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
12076 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
12077 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
12079 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
12080 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12081 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12083 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12085 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
12088 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
12090 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
12091 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
12094 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
12095 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12096 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
12097 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
12098 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
12099 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
12101 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
12106 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
12107 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
12110 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12113 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
12115 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
12117 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
12118 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
12119 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
12121 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12124 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
12125 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
12127 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
12133 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
12134 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
12135 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
12136 are trailing null entries. */
12137 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12138 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
12139 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
12140 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
12141 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
12142 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
12143 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
12144 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
12145 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
12150 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12155 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12162 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
12164 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
12166 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
12167 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
12171 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
12173 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
12174 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
12177 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
12178 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
12181 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
12182 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
12184 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
12186 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
12187 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
12188 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
12189 htab
->function_stub_size
);
12194 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
12195 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
12196 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
12197 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
12198 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
12200 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12202 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
12204 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
12206 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
12207 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12208 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
12209 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
12211 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12212 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
12213 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
12218 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
12220 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12222 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12223 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12225 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12229 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
12230 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
12238 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12241 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12245 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12248 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
) || ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12249 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12251 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12254 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12255 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12258 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12259 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12262 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12263 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12266 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12267 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12270 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12271 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12272 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12273 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12274 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12277 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12278 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12281 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12282 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12285 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12286 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12289 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12290 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12293 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12294 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12297 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12298 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12301 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12302 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12305 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12306 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12309 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12310 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12311 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12312 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12313 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12314 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12315 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12316 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12319 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12320 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12323 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12324 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12327 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12328 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12331 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12332 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12335 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
12336 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
12339 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
12340 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
12343 case bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
:
12344 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
;
12347 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12348 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12349 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12352 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12353 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12356 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12357 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12360 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12361 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12364 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12365 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12368 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12369 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12372 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12373 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12374 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12375 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12378 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12379 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12382 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12383 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12384 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12385 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12388 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12389 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12392 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12393 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12396 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12397 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12402 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12403 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12404 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12405 relocs to be sorted. */
12408 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12410 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12414 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12415 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12416 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12419 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12426 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12427 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12428 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12429 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12430 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12432 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12433 info for each special section. */
12434 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12435 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12438 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12440 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12441 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12442 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12444 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12447 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12448 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12449 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12450 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12451 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12452 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12453 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12454 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12457 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12458 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12459 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12460 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12461 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12462 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12463 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12464 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12465 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12468 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12469 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12471 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12472 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12474 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12477 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12478 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12479 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12480 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12481 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12482 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12483 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12486 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12487 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12489 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12491 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12492 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12495 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12496 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12498 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12504 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12506 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12507 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12510 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12514 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12515 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12520 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12521 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12522 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12525 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12526 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12529 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12530 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12531 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12532 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12535 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12536 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12537 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12538 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12541 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12542 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12543 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12544 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12550 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12553 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12554 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12557 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12560 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12562 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12563 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12565 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12566 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12571 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12575 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12577 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12579 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12580 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12582 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12583 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12591 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12593 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12594 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12596 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12597 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12602 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12606 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12608 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12610 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12611 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12613 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12614 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12622 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12623 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12624 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12626 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12627 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12628 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12629 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12631 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12633 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12634 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12639 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12641 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12643 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12644 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12647 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12649 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12650 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12651 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12652 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12653 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12654 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12655 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12656 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12657 *pm
= options_segment
;
12663 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12665 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12666 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12667 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12668 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12669 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12671 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12672 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12677 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12681 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12683 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12688 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12693 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12696 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12697 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12698 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12708 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12709 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12711 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12713 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12716 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12717 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12718 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12719 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12720 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12721 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12722 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12723 PT_LOAD segment. */
12724 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12727 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12729 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12731 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12735 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12737 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12739 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12741 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12742 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12749 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12750 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12755 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12756 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12758 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12761 amt
= sizeof *n
- sizeof (asection
*) + c
* sizeof (asection
*);
12762 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12769 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12771 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12773 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12775 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12784 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12785 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12787 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12788 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12789 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12790 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12791 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12793 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12794 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12795 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12796 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12797 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12800 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12801 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12803 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12804 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12806 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12807 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12811 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12815 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12823 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12827 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12829 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12830 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12833 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12836 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12838 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12839 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12843 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12846 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12849 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12850 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12854 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12856 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12860 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12863 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12865 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
12867 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12875 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12876 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12877 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12878 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12881 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12887 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12889 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12890 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12891 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12892 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12893 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12894 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12896 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12899 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12900 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12901 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12902 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12903 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12904 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12906 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12907 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12909 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12911 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12912 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12914 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12916 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12917 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12919 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12921 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12922 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12924 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12925 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12926 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12927 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12928 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12929 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12932 /* Take care of the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol and ignore attempts
12933 to hide it. It has to remain global (it will also be protected) so as to
12934 be assigned a global GOT entry, which will then remain unchanged at load
12938 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12939 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
12940 bfd_boolean force_local
)
12942 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12944 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12945 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12946 if (htab
->use_absolute_zero
12947 && strcmp (entry
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_absolute_zero") == 0)
12950 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
);
12953 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12956 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12960 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12961 unsigned char *tdata
;
12964 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12969 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12971 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12972 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12975 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12979 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12980 info
->keep_memory
);
12987 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12988 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12990 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12992 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
13001 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
13002 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
13003 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
13004 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
13010 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
13011 free (cookie
->rels
);
13017 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
13019 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
13025 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
13026 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13027 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
13029 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
13032 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
13035 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
13039 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
13040 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
13042 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
13044 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
13047 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
13050 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
13051 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
13055 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
13056 from output by default for clarity. */
13059 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
13061 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
13064 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
13065 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
13067 struct mips_elf_find_line
13069 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
13070 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
13074 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
13075 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
13076 const char **filename_ptr
,
13077 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13078 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
13079 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
13083 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
13084 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13085 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
13086 dwarf_debug_sections
,
13087 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
13091 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13092 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13095 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
13096 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13097 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
13102 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
13105 flagword origflags
;
13106 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
13107 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
13108 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13110 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
13111 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
13112 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
13113 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
13114 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
13115 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13117 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
13120 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
13123 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
13124 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
13126 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13129 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13133 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
13135 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13139 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
13140 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
13141 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13142 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
13144 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13147 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
13148 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
13149 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
13150 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
13151 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
13152 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
13153 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
13155 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
13157 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
13158 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
13159 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
13160 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
13161 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
13162 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
13165 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
13166 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13169 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13173 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13176 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
13178 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13179 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13180 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
13184 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
13185 const char **filename_ptr
,
13186 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13187 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
13190 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
13191 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
13192 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
13197 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
13198 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
13199 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
13202 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
13203 const void *location
,
13204 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
13206 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
13210 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13212 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
13213 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13214 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13217 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
13220 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
13223 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
13226 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
13229 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
13233 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
13234 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13237 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13239 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13240 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13242 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13245 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13246 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13247 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13250 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13251 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13254 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13257 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13258 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13261 /* read in the section */
13262 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13263 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13266 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13270 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13273 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13278 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13281 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13282 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13283 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13284 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13285 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13289 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13290 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13297 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13298 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13299 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13302 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13303 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13305 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13307 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13308 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13310 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13312 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13321 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13323 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13324 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13326 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13327 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13328 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13330 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13331 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13332 to the generic handling. */
13334 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13335 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13336 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13337 input_section
, relocatable
,
13340 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13342 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13347 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13349 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13350 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13354 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13358 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13359 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13360 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13361 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13363 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13364 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13365 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13366 (link_info
, error_message
,
13367 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13369 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13370 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13372 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13373 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13374 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13376 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13385 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13386 free (reloc_vector
);
13390 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13391 free (reloc_vector
);
13396 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13397 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13399 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13400 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13401 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13402 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13404 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13407 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13408 unsigned int symcount
;
13410 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13411 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13413 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13414 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13416 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13417 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13418 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13419 sec
->size
-= count
;
13421 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13422 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13424 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13425 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13426 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13429 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13430 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13432 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13433 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13434 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13435 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13436 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13437 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13439 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13440 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13441 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13442 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13443 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13445 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13447 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13449 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13450 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13451 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13453 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13455 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13456 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13458 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13466 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13467 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13469 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13470 unsigned long match
;
13471 unsigned long mask
;
13474 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13478 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13480 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13481 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13483 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13485 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13486 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13489 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13491 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13492 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13493 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13494 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13497 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13498 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13500 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13501 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13503 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13504 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13506 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13507 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13509 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13510 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13512 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13513 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13516 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13518 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13519 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13520 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13522 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13524 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13525 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13526 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13527 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13530 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13531 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13532 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13533 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13536 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13537 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13538 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13539 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13542 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13543 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13544 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13545 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13548 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13550 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13551 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13554 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13556 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13557 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13559 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13560 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13562 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13563 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13565 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13566 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13568 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13569 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13571 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13573 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13574 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13576 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13577 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13579 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13580 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13581 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13582 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13585 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13587 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13588 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13590 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13591 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13592 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13596 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13598 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13599 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13601 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13602 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13604 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13605 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13607 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13609 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13611 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13612 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13614 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13615 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13616 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13617 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13621 /* LUI instruction. */
13623 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13624 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13627 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13629 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13630 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13632 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13633 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13635 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13636 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13639 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13641 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13642 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13643 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13644 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13646 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13647 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13649 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13650 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13651 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13652 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13655 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13656 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13659 /* NOP instructions. */
13661 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13662 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13664 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13665 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13668 /* Instruction match support. */
13670 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13673 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13675 unsigned long indx
;
13677 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13678 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13685 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13687 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13688 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13689 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13690 the second half of another instruction. */
13693 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13695 unsigned long opcode
;
13698 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13699 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13700 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13702 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13703 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13704 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13707 /* No delay slot. */
13713 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13714 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13715 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13716 the second half of another instruction. */
13719 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13721 unsigned long opcode
;
13724 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13725 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13726 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13728 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13729 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13732 /* No delay slot. */
13738 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13739 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13742 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13744 unsigned long opcode
;
13746 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13747 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13749 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13751 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13752 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13753 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13755 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13761 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13762 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13765 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13767 unsigned long opcode
;
13769 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13770 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13772 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13773 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13774 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13776 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13777 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13778 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13779 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13780 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13781 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13782 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13783 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13789 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13790 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13791 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13794 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13795 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13796 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13798 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13799 unsigned long opcode
;
13801 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13802 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13805 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13806 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13807 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13813 /* Bitsize checking. */
13814 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13815 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13816 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13820 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13821 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13822 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13824 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13826 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13827 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13828 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13829 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13831 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13834 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13835 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13838 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13839 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13840 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13841 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13844 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13846 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13847 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13848 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13849 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13850 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13853 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13854 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13855 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13857 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13858 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13859 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13860 unsigned long opcode
;
13866 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13867 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13871 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13873 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13874 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13875 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13878 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13879 if (contents
== NULL
)
13881 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13882 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13883 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13884 /* Go get them off disk. */
13885 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13888 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13890 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13891 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13893 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13894 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13895 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13896 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13898 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13902 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13903 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13905 /* A local symbol. */
13906 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13909 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13910 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13911 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13912 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13913 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13914 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13915 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13917 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13918 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13919 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13920 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13921 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13925 unsigned long indx
;
13926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13928 /* An external symbol. */
13929 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13930 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13931 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13933 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13934 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13935 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13936 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13937 regular reloc processing. */
13940 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13941 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13942 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13943 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13944 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13948 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13949 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13950 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13951 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13952 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13953 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13954 the linker is run. */
13956 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13957 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13960 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13962 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13963 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13965 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13968 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13969 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13970 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13972 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13974 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13975 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13976 out the offset). */
13977 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13979 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13980 unsigned long nextopc
;
13984 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13986 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13987 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13988 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13991 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13992 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13993 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13994 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13997 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13998 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13999 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
14000 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14003 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
14004 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
14005 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
14006 it through if so. */
14007 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
14008 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
14009 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14010 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
14011 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
14012 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
14014 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14016 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
14019 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
14021 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
14022 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
14023 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
14024 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
14025 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
14026 switch (offset
- 4)
14031 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14035 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14042 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14044 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
14046 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
14049 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
14050 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
14051 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
14053 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
14054 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
14056 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14057 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
14059 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
14060 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
14061 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
14062 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
14063 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
14064 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14067 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
14068 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
14069 the PC-relative distance. */
14070 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
14071 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
14072 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
14073 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
14074 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
14076 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14077 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
14079 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
14080 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
14081 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
14083 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
14084 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14087 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
14091 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14092 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
14094 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
14099 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
14100 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
14101 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
14102 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
14103 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14104 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
14105 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14106 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
14108 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
14109 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
14110 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14111 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
14113 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
14117 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14119 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
14120 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
14121 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14122 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
14124 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
14126 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
14127 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
14131 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
14132 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14134 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14135 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
14136 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
14138 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14139 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
14141 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14144 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
14147 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14152 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
14153 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14155 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14156 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
14157 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14158 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
14159 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
14160 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
14164 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14166 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14167 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
14169 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14171 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
14172 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14173 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
14176 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14181 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
14183 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
14184 && target_is_micromips_code_p
14185 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14186 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
14188 unsigned long n32opc
;
14189 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
14191 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
14193 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
14195 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
14196 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
14200 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
14202 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
14204 (move_insn_16
.match
14205 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
14206 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
14211 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
14212 instructions will be handled here later. */
14216 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
14217 with 16-bit delay slot. */
14218 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
14220 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
14228 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
14229 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
14230 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14231 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14233 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
14234 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14235 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14238 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14239 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14244 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14245 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14247 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14251 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14252 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14256 if (contents
!= NULL
14257 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14259 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14263 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14264 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14268 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14269 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14270 free (internal_relocs
);
14275 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14276 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14278 if (contents
!= NULL
14279 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14281 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14282 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14283 free (internal_relocs
);
14288 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14290 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14291 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14293 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14294 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14296 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14300 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14301 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14302 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14308 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14309 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14311 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14314 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14316 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14317 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14319 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14321 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14326 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14327 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14328 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14333 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14334 and copy relocs. */
14337 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14339 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14342 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14343 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14344 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes.
14345 Also record whether we have been configured for a GNU target. */
14348 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14349 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
,
14350 bfd_boolean gnu_target
)
14352 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14353 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14354 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->gnu_target
= gnu_target
;
14357 /* A function that the linker calls to enable use of compact branches in
14358 linker generated code for MIPSR6. */
14361 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_branches (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14363 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_branches
= on
;
14367 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14369 struct mips_mach_extension
14371 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14375 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14376 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14378 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14380 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14381 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14382 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14383 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14384 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14385 { bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
},
14386 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14387 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14389 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14390 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14391 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14392 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14394 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14395 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14397 /* R10000 extensions. */
14398 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14399 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14400 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14402 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14403 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14404 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14405 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14406 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14407 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14408 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14410 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14411 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14412 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14413 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14414 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14415 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14417 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14418 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14419 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14421 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14422 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14423 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14424 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14425 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14426 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14427 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14428 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14429 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14430 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14432 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14433 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14435 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14436 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14438 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14439 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14441 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14442 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14443 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14444 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14446 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14447 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14448 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14451 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14454 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14458 if (extension
== base
)
14461 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14462 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14465 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14466 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14469 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14470 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14472 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14473 if (extension
== base
)
14480 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14482 static unsigned long
14483 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14487 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14488 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14489 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14490 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14491 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14492 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14493 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14494 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14495 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14496 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14497 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14498 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14499 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14500 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14501 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14502 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14503 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14504 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14508 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14511 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14513 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14515 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14516 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14517 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14518 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14519 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14520 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14521 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14522 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14523 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14524 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14525 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14526 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14527 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14528 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14529 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14530 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14531 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14532 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14533 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14534 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14539 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14540 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14542 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14543 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14544 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14546 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14549 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14552 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14554 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14555 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14556 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14557 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14558 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14559 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14560 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14561 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14562 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14563 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14564 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14567 /* xgettext:c-format */
14568 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14569 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14572 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14574 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14575 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14578 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14579 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14580 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14581 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14584 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14587 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14589 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14590 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14591 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14592 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14593 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14594 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14595 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14596 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14599 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14602 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14604 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14606 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14607 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14609 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14610 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14612 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14614 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14616 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14617 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14619 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14620 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14621 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14622 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14623 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14624 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14625 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14626 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14627 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14629 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14631 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14632 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14633 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14634 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14635 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14636 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14638 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14639 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14640 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14641 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14642 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14643 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14646 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14647 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14648 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14651 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14654 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14655 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14656 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14657 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14658 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14659 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14660 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14661 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14662 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14663 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14670 static const char * const secname
[] =
14672 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14673 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14675 static const int sc
[] =
14677 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14678 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14681 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14682 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14684 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14686 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14689 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14691 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14693 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14697 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14698 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14700 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14702 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14703 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14704 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14705 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14706 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14707 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14708 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14709 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14710 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14711 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14712 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14713 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14715 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14717 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14719 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14720 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14722 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14725 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14726 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14730 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14731 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14732 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14736 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14738 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14739 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14741 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14742 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14743 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14745 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14747 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14748 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14749 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14750 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14752 asection
*input_section
;
14754 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14756 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14761 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14763 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14764 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14765 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14768 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14769 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14771 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14772 matters, but someday it might). */
14773 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14778 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14780 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14782 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14783 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14784 the information together. */
14785 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14787 asection
*input_section
;
14789 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14793 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14795 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14800 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14801 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14803 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14804 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14805 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14806 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14810 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14812 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14813 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14814 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14815 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14816 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14818 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14819 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14820 finally written out. */
14822 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14823 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14824 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14827 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14828 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14830 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14831 matters, but someday it might). */
14832 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14837 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14839 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14842 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14843 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14844 the information together. */
14845 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14846 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14847 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14848 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14849 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14850 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14851 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14852 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14853 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14854 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14855 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14856 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14857 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14859 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14861 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14862 debug_info structure. */
14864 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14865 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14866 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14867 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14868 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14870 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14871 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14872 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14873 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14875 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14876 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14880 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14884 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14885 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14886 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14887 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14889 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14891 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14892 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14895 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14896 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14899 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14900 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14901 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14905 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14907 asection
*input_section
;
14909 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14910 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14914 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14916 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14921 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14922 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14924 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14926 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14927 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14928 want to deal with it. */
14932 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14933 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14935 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14937 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14938 read in the debugging information and set up an
14939 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14940 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14944 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14945 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14946 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14949 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14950 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14951 the linker global hash table and save the information
14952 for the output external symbols. */
14953 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14954 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14955 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14956 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14958 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14959 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14963 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14965 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14966 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14967 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14968 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14971 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14972 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14973 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14974 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14979 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14980 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14981 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14987 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14988 free (input_debug
.line
);
14989 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14990 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14991 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14992 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14993 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14994 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14995 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14996 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14997 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14998 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
15000 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15001 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15002 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15005 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
15007 /* Create .rtproc section. */
15008 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15009 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
15011 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
15012 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
15014 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
15017 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
15018 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (rtproc_sec
, 4))
15022 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
15028 /* Build the external symbol information. */
15031 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
15033 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
15034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15035 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
15039 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
15040 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
15042 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15043 matters, but someday it might). */
15044 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15049 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
15051 const char *subname
;
15054 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
15057 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
15058 information describing how the small data area would
15059 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
15060 not used in executables files. */
15061 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15063 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15065 asection
*input_section
;
15067 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15069 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15074 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15076 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15077 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15078 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15081 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
15082 currently matters, but someday it might). */
15083 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15085 /* Really remove the section. */
15086 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
15087 --abfd
->section_count
;
15092 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
15093 uninitialized data. */
15094 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
15095 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
15096 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
15101 /* xgettext:c-format */
15102 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
15103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
15107 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
15108 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
15109 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
15110 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
15111 case we must change the name of the output section. */
15112 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15113 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
15115 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
15116 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
15118 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
15119 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15120 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
15123 /* Set up the first entry. */
15125 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15126 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
15129 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
15130 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
15132 /* Combine the input sections. */
15133 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15135 asection
*input_section
;
15137 bfd_size_type size
;
15138 unsigned long last
;
15139 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
15141 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15143 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15148 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15149 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
15151 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
15152 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
15153 sorted by ascending -G value. */
15154 size
= input_section
->size
;
15156 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15158 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
15160 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
15161 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
15167 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
15168 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
15169 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
15175 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
15177 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
15178 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
15181 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15183 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
15184 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
15186 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
15192 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
15195 /* We need a new table entry. */
15196 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15197 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
15198 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
15204 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
15205 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
15207 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
15208 value, since that will be implied by this new
15211 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15213 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
15215 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
15216 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
15220 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
15221 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15226 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15229 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15230 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15231 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15234 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
15236 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
15238 /* Swap out the table. */
15239 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15240 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
15241 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
15247 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
15248 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
15251 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15252 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
15254 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15255 matters, but someday it might). */
15256 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15260 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15261 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15264 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15266 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15268 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15269 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15271 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15273 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15274 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15276 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15277 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15279 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15280 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15284 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15286 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15288 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15289 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15293 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15295 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15296 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15298 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15301 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15304 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15306 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15307 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15308 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15312 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15314 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15315 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15316 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15320 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15322 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15323 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15325 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15326 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15327 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15335 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15336 if there are conflicting settings. */
15339 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15341 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15342 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15343 flagword old_flags
;
15344 flagword new_flags
;
15347 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15348 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15349 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15351 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15353 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15354 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15356 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15357 doesn't seem to matter. */
15358 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15359 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15361 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15362 just be able to ignore this. */
15363 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15364 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15366 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15367 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15368 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15370 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15375 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15376 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15379 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15384 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15385 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15386 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15387 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15389 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15390 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15392 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15393 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15396 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15400 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15402 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15403 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15405 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15406 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15407 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15408 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15409 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15410 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15411 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15413 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15414 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15416 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15417 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15418 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15419 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15420 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15421 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15425 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15427 /* xgettext:c-format */
15428 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15430 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15431 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15436 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15437 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15439 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15440 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15441 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15442 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15443 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15445 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15446 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15447 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15448 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15451 /* xgettext:c-format */
15452 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15454 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15455 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15458 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15459 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15462 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15463 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15464 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15466 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15467 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15468 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15469 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15470 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15471 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15473 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15476 /* xgettext:c-format */
15477 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15479 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15480 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15484 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15486 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15487 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15490 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15491 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15493 /* xgettext:c-format */
15494 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15496 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15497 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15498 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15499 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15501 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15502 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15505 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15506 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15508 /* xgettext:c-format */
15509 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15511 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15512 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15513 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15514 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15516 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15517 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15520 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15521 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15523 /* xgettext:c-format */
15525 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15527 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15534 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15535 there are conflicting attributes. */
15537 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15539 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15540 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15541 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15545 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15546 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15547 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15548 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15550 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15552 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15553 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15555 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15557 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15558 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15560 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15562 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15567 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15568 non-conflicting ones. */
15569 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15570 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15574 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15575 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15576 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15577 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15578 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15579 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15580 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15581 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15582 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15584 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15585 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15587 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15588 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15589 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15590 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15591 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15592 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15593 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15595 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15596 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15598 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15599 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15600 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15601 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15603 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15605 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15606 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15607 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15608 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15609 /* xgettext:c-format */
15611 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15612 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15613 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15614 else if (!out_string
)
15616 /* xgettext:c-format */
15617 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15618 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15619 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15620 else if (!in_string
)
15622 /* xgettext:c-format */
15623 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15624 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15625 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15628 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15629 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15630 really relevant to the error message. */
15631 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15632 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15633 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15634 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15636 /* xgettext:c-format */
15637 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15638 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15643 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15644 non-conflicting ones. */
15645 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15647 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15648 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15649 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15650 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15651 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15653 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15655 /* xgettext:c-format */
15656 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15657 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15658 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15659 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15663 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15665 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15667 /* xgettext:c-format */
15668 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15669 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15670 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15671 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15676 /* xgettext:c-format */
15677 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15678 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15679 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15680 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15686 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15687 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15690 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15691 there are conflicting settings. */
15694 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15696 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15697 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15698 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15700 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15701 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15703 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15704 /* Merge abiflags. */
15705 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15706 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15707 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15708 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15709 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15710 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15711 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15712 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15713 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15714 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15716 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15717 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15722 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15723 object file when linking. */
15726 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15728 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15729 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15730 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15731 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15735 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15736 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15739 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15744 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15747 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15748 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15750 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15753 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15758 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15759 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15760 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15761 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15763 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15764 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15765 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15766 not affect compatibility. */
15767 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15768 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15769 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15771 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15772 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15773 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15775 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15779 if (null_input_bfd
)
15782 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15783 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15785 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15786 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15787 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15789 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15791 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15792 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15794 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15795 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15797 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15798 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15799 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15800 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15802 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15803 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15805 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15806 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15807 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15808 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15810 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15811 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15812 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15814 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15815 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15816 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15818 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15819 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15821 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15822 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15823 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15825 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15826 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15827 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15831 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15832 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15835 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15837 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15838 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15839 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15842 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15844 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15846 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15847 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15849 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15850 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15851 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15852 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15854 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15855 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15858 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15859 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15865 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15867 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15869 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15880 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15883 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15885 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15886 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15888 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15889 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15894 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15898 default: return "";
15899 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15900 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15901 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15902 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15903 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15904 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15905 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15906 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15907 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15908 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15909 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15910 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15912 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15913 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15914 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15915 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15916 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15917 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15918 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15919 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15920 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15921 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15922 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15923 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15924 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15925 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15926 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15927 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15928 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15929 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15930 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15931 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15932 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15933 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15934 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15935 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15936 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15937 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15938 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15939 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15940 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15941 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15942 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15943 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15944 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15945 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15946 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15947 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15948 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15949 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15950 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15951 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15952 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15953 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15954 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15955 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15956 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15957 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15958 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15959 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15960 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15961 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15962 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15963 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15964 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15965 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15966 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15967 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15968 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15969 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15970 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15971 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15972 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15973 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15974 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15975 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15976 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15977 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15978 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15979 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15980 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15981 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15982 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15983 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15984 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15985 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15986 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15987 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15988 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15989 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15990 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15991 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
15992 return "DT_MIPS_XHASH";
15996 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
16000 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
16004 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
16006 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16007 return "-mdouble-float";
16009 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16010 return "-msingle-float";
16012 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16013 return "-msoft-float";
16015 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16016 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
16018 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16021 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16022 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
16024 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16025 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
16033 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
16035 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
16036 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
16037 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
16038 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
16039 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
16040 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
16041 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
16042 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
16043 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
16044 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
16045 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
16046 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
16047 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
16048 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
16049 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
16050 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
16051 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
16052 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
16053 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
16054 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
16055 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
16056 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
16057 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
16058 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
16059 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16060 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
16061 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
16062 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
16063 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
16064 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
16065 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
16066 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
16067 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
16068 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
16069 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
16070 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
16071 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
16072 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
16073 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
16074 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
16075 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
16076 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
16078 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
16079 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
16080 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
16084 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
16089 fputs (_("None"), file
);
16092 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
16094 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
16095 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
16097 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
16098 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
16100 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
16101 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
16103 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
16104 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
16107 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
16110 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
16113 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
16116 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
16119 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
16121 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
16122 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
16125 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
16128 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
16131 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
16134 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
16137 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
16139 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
16140 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
16142 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
16143 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
16145 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
16146 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
16149 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
16155 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
16159 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
16160 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
16162 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16163 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
16165 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16166 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
16168 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16169 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
16171 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16172 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
16174 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16175 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
16177 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16178 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16180 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16181 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16184 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
16190 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
16192 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
16193 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
16194 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
16195 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
16200 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
16204 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
16206 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
16207 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
16209 /* xgettext:c-format */
16210 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
16212 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
16213 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
16214 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
16215 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
16216 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
16217 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
16218 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
16219 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
16220 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
16221 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
16222 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
16223 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
16224 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
16225 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
16227 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
16229 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
16230 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
16231 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
16232 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
16233 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
16234 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
16235 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
16236 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
16237 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
16238 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
16239 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
16240 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
16241 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
16242 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
16243 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
16244 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
16245 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
16246 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
16247 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
16248 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
16249 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
16250 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
16252 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
16254 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
16255 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
16257 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
16258 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
16260 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16261 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
16263 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
16264 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
16266 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
16267 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
16269 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
16270 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
16272 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16274 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16275 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16277 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16278 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16280 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16281 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16283 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16284 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16286 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16287 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16289 fputc ('\n', file
);
16291 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16293 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16294 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16295 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16296 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16297 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16298 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16299 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16300 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16301 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16302 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16303 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16304 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16305 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16306 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16307 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16308 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16309 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16310 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16311 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16312 fputc ('\n', file
);
16318 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".MIPS.xhash"), 0, SHT_MIPS_XHASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
16327 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16330 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16331 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16332 definiton of the symbol. */
16334 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16335 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16336 bfd_boolean definition
,
16337 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16339 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16341 unsigned char other
;
16343 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16344 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16345 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16349 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16350 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16353 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16354 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16356 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16358 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16362 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16364 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16365 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16366 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16369 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16370 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16373 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16374 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16377 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16378 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16381 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16382 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16383 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16384 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16385 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16386 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16387 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16388 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16391 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16392 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16393 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16394 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16397 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16398 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16399 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16400 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16402 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16404 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16406 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16407 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16408 unsigned int other
;
16409 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16428 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16431 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16432 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16435 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16436 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16439 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16443 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16444 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16446 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16448 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16449 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16450 PLT slots per relocation. */
16451 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16452 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16453 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16454 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16455 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16456 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16457 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16459 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16460 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16462 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16465 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16468 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16471 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16473 names
= (char *) send
;
16474 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16477 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16478 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16482 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16483 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16485 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16489 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16490 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16494 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16499 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16503 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16504 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16505 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16509 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16510 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16511 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16513 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16514 const char *suffix
;
16519 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16521 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16522 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16526 /* Truncated table??? */
16527 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16529 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16530 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16531 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16532 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16533 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16535 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16536 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16540 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16541 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16542 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16544 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16545 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16546 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16547 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16548 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16549 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16551 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16552 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16554 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16555 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16556 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16557 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16558 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16559 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16560 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16561 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16562 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16564 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16567 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16568 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16569 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16570 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16571 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16572 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16573 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16574 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16577 /* Truncated table??? */
16578 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16582 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16583 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16590 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16591 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16592 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16593 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16594 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16595 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16597 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16599 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16601 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16602 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16603 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16606 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16608 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16609 names
+= suffixlen
;
16612 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16621 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16623 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16624 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16626 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16628 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16631 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16632 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16633 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16636 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16637 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16638 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16639 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16640 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
,
16641 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
,
16646 _bfd_mips_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= NULL
;
16649 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16651 if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd
, link_info
))
16654 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16657 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16658 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16661 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16662 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16664 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16665 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16666 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16668 /* Mark that we need support for absolute symbols in the dynamic loader. */
16669 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_absolute_zero
&& htab
->gnu_target
)
16670 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
;
16672 /* Mark that we need support for .MIPS.xhash in the dynamic linker,
16673 if it is the only hash section that will be created. */
16674 if (link_info
&& link_info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& !link_info
->emit_hash
)
16675 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
;
16680 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16681 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16683 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16686 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16689 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16690 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16692 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;
16695 /* Record a position XLAT_LOC in the xlat translation table, associated with
16696 the hash entry H. The entry in the translation table will later be
16697 populated with the real symbol dynindx. */
16700 _bfd_mips_elf_record_xhash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
16705 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
16706 hmips
->mipsxhash_loc
= xlat_loc
;